TW200529870A - Therapeutic use of factor XI - Google Patents

Therapeutic use of factor XI Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200529870A
TW200529870A TW093135827A TW93135827A TW200529870A TW 200529870 A TW200529870 A TW 200529870A TW 093135827 A TW093135827 A TW 093135827A TW 93135827 A TW93135827 A TW 93135827A TW 200529870 A TW200529870 A TW 200529870A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
fxi
factor
patent application
polypeptide
patient
Prior art date
Application number
TW093135827A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Inventor
Rasmus Rojkjaer
Dorthe Viuff
Soren Ostergaard
Simon Bjerregaard Jensen
Jens Jacob Hansen
Original Assignee
Novo Nordisk Healthcare Ag
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Novo Nordisk Healthcare Ag filed Critical Novo Nordisk Healthcare Ag
Publication of TW200529870A publication Critical patent/TW200529870A/en

Links

Classifications

    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/17Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof from animals; from humans
    • A61K38/36Blood coagulation or fibrinolysis factors
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K38/00Medicinal preparations containing peptides
    • A61K38/16Peptides having more than 20 amino acids; Gastrins; Somatostatins; Melanotropins; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/43Enzymes; Proenzymes; Derivatives thereof
    • A61K38/46Hydrolases (3)
    • A61K38/48Hydrolases (3) acting on peptide bonds (3.4)
    • A61K38/482Serine endopeptidases (3.4.21)
    • A61K38/4846Factor VII (3.4.21.21); Factor IX (3.4.21.22); Factor Xa (3.4.21.6); Factor XI (3.4.21.27); Factor XII (3.4.21.38)
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61KPREPARATIONS FOR MEDICAL, DENTAL OR TOILETRY PURPOSES
    • A61K45/00Medicinal preparations containing active ingredients not provided for in groups A61K31/00 - A61K41/00
    • A61K45/06Mixtures of active ingredients without chemical characterisation, e.g. antiphlogistics and cardiaca
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • AHUMAN NECESSITIES
    • A61MEDICAL OR VETERINARY SCIENCE; HYGIENE
    • A61PSPECIFIC THERAPEUTIC ACTIVITY OF CHEMICAL COMPOUNDS OR MEDICINAL PREPARATIONS
    • A61P7/00Drugs for disorders of the blood or the extracellular fluid
    • A61P7/04Antihaemorrhagics; Procoagulants; Haemostatic agents; Antifibrinolytic agents
    • CCHEMISTRY; METALLURGY
    • C12BIOCHEMISTRY; BEER; SPIRITS; WINE; VINEGAR; MICROBIOLOGY; ENZYMOLOGY; MUTATION OR GENETIC ENGINEERING
    • C12YENZYMES
    • C12Y304/00Hydrolases acting on peptide bonds, i.e. peptidases (3.4)
    • C12Y304/21Serine endopeptidases (3.4.21)
    • C12Y304/21027Coagulation factor XIa (3.4.21.27)

Abstract

The present invention provides methods and compositions for treating bleeding episodes. The methods are carried out by administering to a patient in need thereof a preparation comprising a factor XI polypeptide, in an amount effective for such treatment. The methods of the invention result in one or more of: reduced clotting time; enhancement of hemostasis; increase in clot lysis time; increase in clot strength; and/or increase in overall clot quality (OCQ) in said patient.

Description

200529870 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬之技術領域】 本發明係關於人類因子XI用於預防及/或治療出血性 偶發事件的醫療用途、從生物液體中純化因子XI和因子 多肽的方法、以及醫藥調配物。 【先前技術】 發明背景 人類因子XI是一種包含兩個完全相同的次單元體之 絲胺酸蛋白酶,每一個次單元體具有大約8〇kr)a的分子量。 FXI以分子量〜160kDa之二硫鍵連接的單質二聚體在血漿 中循環。是藉由將每一單體之間的Μ—和nem切斷 形成50kDa的胺基端重鏈和35kDa的羧基端輕鏈,二者是 以二硫鍵連接的。該蛋白質是由位在染色體4(4q35)上的 23kb基因編碼的,其為15個外顯子和14個内含子組成, 編碼包含2,097個核苷酸的mRNA,從而編碼含有18個胺 基酸的胺基端信號(前導序列)肽和出現在成熟蛋白質之每 一單體上的607個胺基酸。外顯子ηΐ-χ編碼四個銜接重 複序歹J (蘋果域)’與人類血漿ρΚ中發現的類似域是同源的 (58/〇凡王相同)。外顯子乂1-:^編碼典型的似胰蛋白酶之 催化域,其由蛋白質水解切割酶原的内部 鍵以產生包含四個蘋果域的重鏈(369個胺基酸)和輕鏈或 催化域(23 8個胺基酸)來活化的。 員姨血作用之起始機制是藉由使組織因子(丁F)的循 200529870 接著⑴使血漿因子VII(FVII) 的方式轉換成活化的因子 TF-FVIIa複合體且其以蛋白 X(FXa) ; (Hi)以 Fxa 將凝血 環作用暴露在受傷的部位,緊 結合至TF並以蛋白質水解 x(FXa) ; (ii)將因子X結合至 質水解方式轉變成活化的因子 組織因子途徑抑制劑(Tfpi) 酶原轉變成凝血酶;並且(iv)在 和FXa之間形產生複合體, FVIIa 結合,TF-FVIIa 能調 接著將TFPI:FXa複合體與TF-節FXa對凝血酶之活化並且並 且限制由TF it徑產生之凝血酶的流動。在此相期間所產 生之較為少量的凝血酶會造& FXI活化成FXIa(其將因子 IX活化成FIXa)並且將血小板表面的因子v活化並且進一 步將因子X活化。這些事件尚進一步促進足量的凝血酶形 成(即所謂的「凝血酶釋放」)以將纖維蛋白原轉變成纖維 蛋白,從而使初始的血小板栓塞穩定並造成適當的止血。 二斌體的FXI在血漿中以酶原循環,與高分子量的激 肽原(HK)辅因子非共價複合,促進FXI結合至帶負電的表 面,並促進FXI被它同源的蛋白酶、Fxna、和凝血 酶活化。HK對FXI的結合部位涉及多個蘋果域(A丨、A2、 A4),而以A2域為最重要的域。在Znh離子存在下與hk 形成複合體業已顯示能促進FXI結合至活化的血小板。fxi 與活化的血小板表面的交互作用業已經顯示會被fxi中的 A3域中之Ser248 -Val271殘基所調節。;殘基Ser_、Arg·、200529870 IX. Description of the invention: [Technical field to which the invention belongs] The present invention relates to the medical use of human factor XI for the prevention and / or treatment of bleeding incidents, a method for purifying factor XI and factor polypeptide from biological fluids, and medicine Preparations. [Prior Art] Background of the Invention Human factor XI is a serine protease containing two identical subunits, each of which has a molecular weight of approximately 80 kr) a. FXI circulates in the plasma with disulfide-linked elemental dimers with a molecular weight of ~ 160 kDa. The 50-kDa amine-terminated heavy chain and the 35-kDa carboxy-terminated light chain are formed by cutting M- and nem between each monomer, and the two are connected by disulfide bonds. The protein is encoded by a 23 kb gene located on chromosome 4 (4q35). It consists of 15 exons and 14 introns. It encodes an mRNA containing 2,097 nucleotides and thus contains 18 amine groups. The amino-terminal signal (leader) peptide of the acid and the 607 amino acids present on each monomer of the mature protein. The exon ηΐ-χ encodes four adapter repeats 歹 J (Apple domain) 'which are homologous to similar domains found in human plasma ρκ (the same as 58 / 〇fan Wang). Exons 乂 1-: ^ encode a typical trypsin-like catalytic domain, which proteolytically cleaves internal bonds of the zymogen to produce a heavy chain (369 amino acids) and a light chain containing four apple domains or a catalytic Domain (23 8 amino acids) to be activated. The initiation mechanism of the blood effect of the aunt is by converting the tissue factor (D) to 200529870 and then converting the plasma factor VII (FVII) into the activated factor TF-FVIIa complex and using protein X (FXa) (Hi) Exposing the coagulation ring to the injured site with Fxa, tightly binding to TF and proteolytic x (FXa); (ii) Converting factor X to proteolysis to turn into an activated factor tissue factor pathway inhibitor (Tfpi) zymogen is converted to thrombin; and (iv) a complex is formed between FXa and FXa, and TF-FVIIa can regulate the activation of thrombin by TFPI: FXa complex and TF-ganglion FXa and And restrict the flow of thrombin produced by the TF it pathway. A relatively small amount of thrombin produced during this phase will activate FXI to FXIa (which activates factor IX to FIXa) and activate factor v on the surface of platelets and further activate factor X. These events further promote the formation of sufficient thrombin (so-called "thrombin release") to convert fibrinogen to fibrin, thereby stabilizing the initial platelet embolism and causing proper hemostasis. FXI of the binomial circulates in the plasma with zymogen, non-covalently complexes with the high molecular weight kininogen (HK) cofactor, promotes the binding of FXI to the negatively charged surface, and promotes FXI by its homologous protease, Fxna , And thrombin activation. The binding site of HK to FXI involves multiple apple domains (A 丨, A2, A4), and the A2 domain is the most important domain. Formation of complexes with hk in the presence of Znh ions has been shown to promote FXI binding to activated platelets. The interaction of fxi with the surface of activated platelets has been shown to be regulated by Ser248-Val271 residues in the A3 domain in fxi. ; Residues Ser_, Arg ·,

LyS2” Phe26〇和GIn263亦已經被暗示參與此反應。fxi的 A3域亦含有肝素結合部位在殘基Thr249_phe㈤中,並且殘 基Lysw和Lysw已被暗示參與血小板結合。雖然fxi和 200529870 HK以非共價的複合體在血漿内循環。FXI與血小板表面的 交互作用顯然並不需要HK-FXI複合體的結合。取而代之 的疋顯然FXI 一聚體直接結合至經活化血小板之高親和性 的特定部位(大約1500部位/血小板;Kd在大約 之經分離的重組A3域與經過活化之血小板的同數部位結 合並且如同FXI二聚體有相同的親和力。 活化的酵素FXIa已經被顯示結合至經活化血小板之 高親和力,可被飽和的部位(Kd大約為8〇〇pM ; 5〇〇部位/ 每個血小板),並且可以相似於溶液中所觀察到的比例活化 FIX。在FIX中的受質FIX結合部位涉及位在…域的次級 域(Ala】34-Leu172)和兩個在A3域中的次級域(ne…-vaim和 Serm-Sei^5)。與血小板表面的結合是藉由醣蛋白 複合體利用一個FX;[二聚體的多肽鏈來調節的,因而出現 另一個單體做為FIX的受質結合部位。有可能Fixa的產 ^吏得FDU催化的FX活化作用定位在血小板表面,其亦 藉由FXa促進凝血酶原的活化。 除了形成與膜結合的複合體導致局部爆炸性的凝血酶 在血小板表面產生之外,FXIa也受到各種血聚與血小板蛋 ,制劑的調控,而該抑制劑的功能活性顯示其視灿 是否結合到血小板表面或是否其溶液中自由而丨。因此, 有數種絲胺酸蛋白酶抑制劑包括α ·蛋白酶抑制劑、抗凝 血酗m、cl•抑制劑…·抗纖維蛋白溶酶、纖溶酶原活 化物抑制劑及蛋白晳 ;蛋白貝C抑制劑已被顯示會使FXIa 在血聚間隔内失活。“,在經活化之血小板的環境中, 200529870 似乎有可能與FXIa最為在生理學上相關的抑制劑是蛋白 酶連接蛋白II (PN II),其被發現在血漿中的濃度非常低, 但是它是從血小板α顆粒分泌出來的(每1 〇8個血小板釋放 出1-1 ·5ηΜ ΡΝΙΙ),這顯示在正常的生理條件下其細胞質濃 度為3-5ηΜ。ΡΝΙΙ是一種有效的FXIa抑制劑,具有300- 5 00pM的Ki值,其在肝素存在下顯著的被促進。在hk與LyS2 ”Phe26〇 and GIn263 have also been suggested to participate in this reaction. The A3 domain of fxi also contains a heparin binding site in residue Thr249_phe㈤, and residues Lysw and Lysw have been suggested to participate in platelet binding. Although fxi and 200529870 HK are non-co-combined Valence complexes circulate in the plasma. The interaction of FXI with the surface of platelets obviously does not require the binding of HK-FXI complexes. Instead, it is clear that FXI monomers bind directly to specific sites of high affinity for activated platelets ( Approximately 1500 sites / platelets; Kd binds to approximately the same sites of activated platelets and has the same affinity as FXI dimers at approximately isolated recombinant A3 domains. Activated enzyme FXIa has been shown to bind to activated platelets High affinity, sites that can be saturated (Kd approximately 800pM; 500 sites / per platelet), and FIX can be activated in a ratio similar to that observed in solution. Substance-fixing FIX binding sites in FIX It involves the secondary domain (Ala) 34-Leu172 in the ... domain and two secondary domains (ne ...- vaim and Serm-Sei ^ 5) in the A3 domain. The binding is regulated by a glycoprotein complex using an FX; [dimer polypeptide chain, so another monomer appears as the binding site for FIX. It is possible that the FDU catalyzed by the manufacturer of Fixa ^ FX activation is localized on the surface of platelets, and it also promotes the activation of prothrombin by FXa. In addition to the formation of a membrane-bound complex leading to the production of locally explosive thrombin on the surface of platelets, FXIa is also subject to various blood aggregation and platelet proteins. The regulation of the preparation, and the functional activity of the inhibitor shows whether it can be bound to the surface of platelets or whether it is free in solution. Therefore, there are several types of serine protease inhibitors including alpha protease inhibitors, anticoagulants M, cl • inhibitors… · antifibrinolytic enzymes, plasminogen activator inhibitors, and protein; protein C inhibitors have been shown to inactivate FXIa within the blood aggregation interval. In the environment of activated platelets, 200529870 seems to be the most physiologically relevant inhibitor of FXIa is protease connexin II (PN II), which was found to have a non-plasma concentration It is usually low, but it is secreted from platelet alpha particles (1-1 · 5ηΜ PNΙΙ is released per 108 platelets), which shows that its cytoplasm concentration is 3-5ηΜ under normal physiological conditions. PNΙΙ is an effective FXIa inhibitor with a Ki value of 300-5 00 pM, which is significantly promoted in the presence of heparin.

Zn2+離子存在下或在凝血酶原與Ca2+存在下,FXia與血小 板表面的結合被PNII和α - ;[_蛋白酶抑制劑所保護而不失 去活性顯示血小板表面所產生的FXIa活性位在止血的血 栓,而FXIa受PNII和其他蛋白酶抑制劑調節的部位則發 生在溶液中。也有可能表皮細胞含有硫酸乙醯肝素葡萄糖 月女夕醣此促進FXIa/PNn複合體的的組合,從而增進FXIa 在内皮上受抑制的潛勢。 “ FXI參與血塊表面的凝血酶產生也被認為在藉由凝血 酶可活化的纖維蛋白溶解抑制劑(tafi)來抑制纖維蛋白溶 解上扮演著角色,其蛋白質水解性的將纖維蛋 的 離胺酸殘基移除插,兮处_ & 攻土而的 示掉,该離胺酸在纖溶酶原的結合和活 扮演著角色。吾人相俨一 上 — 才L 一個元整的FXI回饋環對於產生盈 著TAFI活化作用邮+仏 』仏座生顯 所而的足量凝血酶而言是必需的。 值得注意的是,i α 血小板和巨核細胞顯然合成了黛-括 形式的FXI,係於a ,上 风了弟一種 、曰血小板衍生的FXI(pd-FXI),它^i 顯子V上異於循環中的形式,㈣ 匕在缺少外 果域之兩個外顯子中 K疋、為石馬第二個蘋 顯示較佳的血小板;111外顯子’並且體外研究已經 板因子Xla受質可能是血“幻而不是 200529870 ΠΧ。血小板FXI(分子量220KDa)已經被發現與血小板的 血漿膜結合在一起。血小板包含大約3〇〇個pd_Fx"每個 細胞。 缺乏是一種體染色體隱性徵候群,其特徵為一種 變化無常的出血趨勢。甚至更嚴重的是,該缺乏可能是在 L床上沒有症狀的直到病患受到手術創傷的挑戰;然而, 在某些情形中無論該缺乏的嚴重性出血都會發生。用FXI 對病患的最佳管理除了 FXI濃度以外需要注意到數項特 欲。首先’評估具有部分缺乏之個體的出血傾向和是否其 他因子有顯著貢獻是很重要的。此種研究應該包括測量 FVIIIC和von Willebrand因子濃度、出血時間和血小板的 凝固作用。新鮮的冷凍血漿已經被用於治療首先已知的fxi 缺乏病例並且是主要的治療方式直到FXI濃縮物被研發出 來。血漿的主要缺點是需要大的體積、過敏反應與感染劑 的穿透的可能性。此外,已有報導指出在此種產品中有一 種更為多變的FXJ内含物。有兩種FXI濃縮物是目前可得 的。購自 Bio Products Laboratory(BPL)(英國)的 fxi 濃縮 物是以高濃度的抗凝血酶(平均102iu/ml)和肝素(1〇u/ml)調 配的’其被認為能對抗任何殘留的Fxja。第二種ρχζ漢縮 物是由Hemoleven公司(法國)生產的,並且該產品是以3_ 5u/ml肝素、2-3iu/ml的抗凝血酶和C1抑制劑調配的。而 且,以有報導對新鮮的匯集之冷凍血漿進行巴斯德滅菌能 保留75-95%的FXI活性。雖然嚴重FXI缺乏的病患可用FXI 濃縮物治療,但是一般而言輕微FXI缺乏的病患是用新鮮 200529870 的冷凍血漿治療。 與手術相關的過量出血或嚴重創傷並且需要輸血之病 患(包括那些未罹患先天性™缺乏者)會比未經歷任何出 血的病患產生更多併發症。甚至需要施用人類血 產品(例如血小板、白血球、血聚濃縮的衍…:療: 固缺=者)之緩和出血可能導致貞人類病毒(肝炎、聊、細 =病毒及其他目前已知的病毒)轉移之風險相關之併發症。 而要大量輸血的廣泛出血可導致多重器官衰竭的發生,包 括受損的肺和腎功能。—旦對象產生這些嚴重㈣發症, 則涉及數種細胞活素與發炎反應的事件級聯就會開始而使 的任何治療都變得極端困難,或者經常是不成功的。因此 ’Τ以及療重大組織破壞的一項主要目標就是要避免或 使出血減至最小。《了避免或使此種出血減至最小,因而 確認形成毅並且_不以被纖維蛋㈣解酵素所溶解 =栓塞是很重要的。而且’確保迅速並且有效的此種 王基或血塊的形成是很重要的。 W〇2〇〇3〇07983揭示因子VHa和现二者合併用於治 潦出血性偶發事件的用途。 口此,在本技藝中需要改進的止血處理模式以使穩定 、血纖蛋白凝塊迅速並且受到調控的形成。 【發明内容】 發明概述 本發明提供治療出 血性偶發事件的方法和組成物。該 10 200529870 方法是藉由對愛I+ 士 + 丁而要之病患施用對此種治療有效量之包含因 子XI(FXI)多狀的製劑來實行的。本發明的方法會造成一 種或多於-種以下的結果:〉減少凝血的時間、增:止血、 增加血塊溶解時間、增加血塊的強度、及/或增加病患體内 的總體血塊品暫mr^、 ^In the presence of Zn2 + ions or in the presence of prothrombin and Ca2 +, the binding of FXia to the surface of platelets is protected by PNII and α-; [_ protease inhibitors without loss of activity. FXIa activity generated on the surface of platelets is located in the hemostatic thrombus. Whereas FXIa is regulated by PNII and other protease inhibitors in solution. It is also possible that epidermal cells contain heparan sulfate, glucose, and luciferin, which promotes the combination of FXIa / PNn complexes, thereby increasing the potential for FXIa to be inhibited on the endothelium. "FXI is involved in thrombin production on the surface of the blood clot and is also thought to play a role in inhibiting fibrinolysis by a thrombin-activatable fibrinolytic inhibitor (tafi). Residue removal and insertion, where the _ & shows that the lysine plays a role in the binding and activity of plasminogen. Let ’s look at each other — only a whole FXI feedback loop It is necessary to produce a sufficient amount of thrombin due to the activation of TAFI activation. It is worth noting that i α platelets and megakaryocytes apparently synthesize DXI-form FXI. In a, he gained the favor of a platelet-derived FXI (pd-FXI), which differs from the circulating form on exon V, i.e., in two exons lacking the exodomain, K 疋, Shows better platelets for Shima's second apple; exon 111 'and in vitro studies have shown that the factor Xla substrate may be blood "magic" rather than 200529870 Πχ. Platelet FXI (molecular weight 220KDa) has been found to bind to the plasma membrane of platelets. Platelets contain approximately 300 pd_Fx " per cell. Deficiency is a somatic recessive syndrome characterized by a erratic bleeding tendency. Even more severe, the deficiency may be asymptomatic on the L bed until the patient is challenged by surgical trauma; however, in some cases, the severity of bleeding may occur regardless of the deficiency. The optimal management of patients with FXI requires attention to several specialties in addition to FXI concentration. First, it is important to assess the bleeding tendency of individuals with partial deficiencies and whether other factors contribute significantly. Such studies should include measurements of FVIIIC and von Willebrand factor concentrations, bleeding time, and platelet coagulation. Fresh frozen plasma has been used to treat the first known cases of fxi deficiency and was the main treatment until FXI concentrates were developed. The main disadvantages of plasma are the large volume required, the possibility of allergic reactions and the penetration of infectious agents. In addition, there have been reports of a more variable FXJ inclusion in this product. Two FXI concentrates are currently available. The fxi concentrate from Bio Products Laboratory (BPL) (UK) was formulated with high concentrations of antithrombin (average 102iu / ml) and heparin (10u / ml) which is considered to be resistant to any residual Fxja. The second ρχζ Chinese condensate was produced by Hemoleven (France), and the product was formulated with 3-5 u / ml heparin, 2-3 iu / ml antithrombin and C1 inhibitor. Furthermore, pasteurization of fresh pooled frozen plasma has been reported to retain 75-95% of FXI activity. Although patients with severe FXI deficiency can be treated with FXI concentrates, patients with mild FXI deficiency are generally treated with fresh 200529870 frozen plasma. Patients with excessive bleeding or severe trauma associated with surgery and in need of blood transfusion (including those without a congenital deficiency) will have more complications than patients who have not experienced any bleeding. Even the need to administer human blood products (such as platelets, white blood cells, concentrated blood cells ...: Therapy: Immobilization = persons) can alleviate bleeding which can lead to human viruses (hepatitis, chat, virus, and other currently known viruses) Complications associated with the risk of metastasis. Extensive bleeding that requires large blood transfusions can lead to multiple organ failures, including impaired lung and kidney function. -Once a subject has these severe eruptions, a cascade of events involving several cytokines and inflammatory responses will begin, making any treatment extremely difficult or often unsuccessful. Therefore, one of the main goals of T and the treatment of major tissue damage is to avoid or minimize bleeding. "In order to avoid or minimize such bleeding, it is important to confirm that the formation is stable and not to be dissolved by the fibroin enzymes = embolism. And it ’s important to ensure that such a king or blood clot is formed quickly and effectively. W00200307983 reveals the use of factor VHa and now both for the treatment of bleeding incidents. In other words, an improved hemostatic treatment mode is needed in the art to make stable, rapid and regulated formation of fibrin clots. [Summary of the Invention] Summary of the Invention The present invention provides a method and a composition for treating a bloody incident. The 10 200529870 method is performed by administering a therapeutically effective amount of a preparation containing Factor XI (FXI) to a patient who is in need of I + Shi + Ding. The method of the present invention may cause one or more of the following results:> reducing the time of coagulation, increasing: hemostasis, increasing blood clot dissolution time, increasing the strength of the blood clot, and / or increasing the overall blood clot product temporarily ^, ^

夕 、 Q)。在某些具體實例中,在施用FXI 夕肽以後’病患展現出有效白勺FXI血漿濃度為至少大約 5nM、l〇nM 或 3〇n]vi。 在某些具體實例中,FXI多肽包含SEQ ID N〇:l的序 列或其保留至少一種與ρχι關連之生物活性的片段。在某 f具體貫例中,FXI多肽包含SEQ ID NO:2的序列或其保 留至)一種與FXI關連之生物活性的片段。在某些具體實 例中:FXI多肽包含一種SEQ ID ΝΟ:1或SEQ ID N〇:2的 、、二化予修飾的衍生物,或是一種或多於一種胺基酸序列變 化之SEQ ID N〇:l或SEq ID N〇:2的變異體。 在某些具體實例中,該病患並未罹患先天性的FXI缺 ^在。某些具體實例中,該出血性的偶發事件從屬於手術、 科私序、創傷或血液稀釋。 :發明也提供預防出血性偶發事件的方法與組成物。 係對於需要該治療的病患施用有效於防止出血之包 έ XI多狀的製劑。 在某些具體實例中’本發明的方法尚包含在施用 ^之則:⑷從該病患獲取血液試樣;⑻測定至少以下之 FXI ’辰度、Fxia: fxi比例、恢復凝固作用所需之 外源阳的量;及⑷基於步驟(b)的結果測定該有=治 200529870 療的FXI之量。 在項具體貫例中,本發明的方法不包含施用因子VII/ 因子Vila凝血劑。 如本說明書所使用的,因子VII/因子Vila凝血劑是一 種如W〇2〇〇3〇07983所說明的因子VH多肽或因子V„相 關的的多肽。 本發明也提供治療出血性偶發事件的方法及組成物, 病患被施予⑴第一量之包★ FXI多肽的製劑和⑻ =之包含非因子VII/因子彻凝血劑之製劑,其中該 弟一量與第二量合併對於此種治療有效。非时VII/因子 他凝血劑的非限制性實例包括:因子xm,·組織因子途 =制劑™)抑制劑;因子ιχ、凝血酶可活化纖維蛋白 :v (:AFI);纖溶酶原活化物抑制劑-i (ΡΑΙ-!);因 I’蛋白負c抑制劑;蛋白質3抑 原活化物(tPA)抑制劑 和因子X。 _、因子VIII、血纖蛋白原 本發明也提供醫藥組成Xi, Q). In certain specific examples, the patient ' s exhibit an effective FXI plasma concentration of at least about 5 nM, 10 nM, or 30 n] vi after administration of FXI peptide. In certain specific examples, the FXI polypeptide comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or a fragment that retains at least one biological activity associated with ρχι. In a specific embodiment, the FXI polypeptide comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof that is retained to) a biologically active fragment associated with FXI. In some specific examples: the FXI polypeptide comprises a pre-modified derivative of SEQ ID NO: 1 or SEQ ID NO: 2, or SEQ ID N with one or more than one amino acid sequence change O: 1 or a variant of SEq ID NO: 2. In some specific examples, the patient does not suffer from congenital FXI deficiency. In some specific cases, the incidental bleeding event is subordinate to surgery, medical procedures, trauma, or hemodilution. : The invention also provides methods and compositions for preventing incidents of bleeding. It is used to treat patients in need of this treatment, which is effective for preventing bleeding. In some specific examples, the method of the present invention further includes administering the following rules: 获取 obtaining a blood sample from the patient; ⑻ measuring at least the following FXI 'degree, Fxia: fxi ratio, required to restore coagulation The amount of exogenous yang; and ⑷ based on the result of step (b), determine the amount of FXI treated with 200529870. In a specific embodiment, the method of the invention does not include administering a factor VII / factor Vila coagulant. As used in this specification, Factor VII / Factor Vila Coagulant is a Factor VH polypeptide or a Factor V related polypeptide as described in 2000007983. The invention also provides for the treatment of incidental bleeding events. Method and composition, the patient is administered the first amount of the package ★ FXI polypeptide preparation and ⑻ = the preparation containing non-Factor VII / Factor clotting agent, wherein the first amount and the second amount are combined. The treatment is effective. Non-limiting examples of non-time VII / factor coagulants include: factor xm, · tissue factor pathway = preparation ™) inhibitors; factor ιχ, thrombin can activate fibrin: v (: AFI); fibrinolysis Zymogen activator inhibitor-i (PAC-!); Negative c inhibitor due to I 'protein; protein 3 inhibitor of activator of activator (tPA) and factor X. _, factor VIII, fibrinogen are also provided by the present invention Medical composition

多狀和(ii)醫4 、匕括⑴經分離的重組FXI (上可接受的載劑或賦形劑。 本發明尚提供將因子X夕 的方法,該方法包括將該原夕0太從生物物質中純化出來 子交換色層分析材質、疏水作二連續的色層分析術在陽離 填灰石色層分析材質上做處王里@色層分析材質、和經基 12 200529870 【實施方式】 發明詳述 本發明疋根據一項令人驚奇的發現:外源施用的因子 XI(FXI)作為人類血液的一般止血劑而在不施加因子νιι/因 子VIIa凝血劑的狀況下是有效的。根據本發明之fxi的醫 療用途提供-種或多於一種:縮短的凝固時間、較為緊緻 的企塊、所形成之血塊對於纖維蛋白溶解作用有增進的對 抗性。Polymorphism and (ii) medical treatment 4. Isolated recombinant FXI (acceptable carrier or excipient). The present invention also provides a method for factor X, which method comprises Purified from the biological material, the sub-exchange chromatographic analysis material, and the hydrophobic continuous two-layer chromatographic analysis method are performed on the yanglin limestone chromatographic analysis material. Wang Li @ 色 层 分析 材料, and Jingji 12 200529870 DETAILED DESCRIPTION OF THE INVENTION The present invention is based on a surprising finding: exogenously administered factor XI (FXI) is effective as a general hemostatic agent in human blood without the application of factor vla / factor VIIa coagulants. The medical use of fxi according to the present invention provides one or more than one: shortened coagulation time, tighter clumps, and formed blood clots with improved resistance to fibrinolysis.

本發明提供FXI在人類症串辦肉田认g #八蛾/丙思篮内用於醫療用途的方法 及製備物,以俾治療或預防出血性的偶發事件、增進止血、 增加血塊溶解時間、及/或增加血塊的強度。本方法是藉著 對於病患施用有效量的因子XI以達到一種或多於一種這 些希望的醫療目標。該組成物包括用在FXI之醫療用途之 醫藥調配物’其包含經分離之重組。The invention provides a method and a preparation for medical use of FXI in a human-induced diseased meat field recognizing g # eight moth / Bingsi basket, in order to treat or prevent occasional bleeding events, improve hemostasis, increase clot dissolution time, And / or increase the strength of the blood clot. This method achieves one or more of these desired medical goals by administering an effective amount of Factor XI to a patient. The composition includes a pharmaceutical formulation for medical use in FXI ' which comprises an isolated recombination.

、在-系列的具體實例中,本發明係關於施用fxi於正 常的人類病患。如本說明書所使用的,「正常」的人類係 指未罹患有先天性FXI缺乏的人(亦即血友病C,請參考 SeligS〇hn(1993年),《凝血酶與止血》,第7〇期:第 、〜风攸賤症 患(降低的血小板數目或活性)、預期或正在進行手術 科程序的病患、已經受到創傷或器官損壞的病患、以 此展現較低的血小板數目及/或降低的血纖維蛋白 FVIII、及/或其他凝血蛋白質濃度。例如,正常的人 患涵蓋經歷由於出血、創傷、化學治療、肝病、血液稀^ 13 200529870 如可能因為灌輸血漿膨脹劑或鹽溶液以維持血液體積或預 防休克)、或其他不直接與FXI基因的先天性缺損有關的狀 況所造成的FXI(或其他凝血相關蛋白質或因子)之血漿濃 度的瞬間降低脂病患。 在其他系列的具體實例中,本發明係關於對罹患先天 性FXI缺乏病患施用分離的及/或重組的FXI。In specific examples of the series, the present invention relates to the administration of fxi to normal human patients. As used in this manual, "normal" humans are those who do not suffer from congenital FXI deficiency (ie, hemophilia C, see Selig Sohn (1993), Thrombin and Hemostasis, Section 7) Stage 〇: Stages, ~ Patients (reduced platelet count or activity), patients who are expected or undergoing surgical procedures, patients who have suffered trauma or organ damage, to show lower platelet numbers and And / or reduced fibrin FVIII, and / or other blood coagulation protein concentrations. For example, normal human patients cover experiencing due to bleeding, trauma, chemotherapy, liver disease, blood thinning ^ 13 200529870 if possible due to infusion of plasma swelling agents or saline In order to maintain blood volume or prevent shock), or other conditions not directly related to the congenital defect of the FXI gene, the plasma concentration of FXI (or other coagulation-related proteins or factors) causes a transient decrease in lipid levels. In other series of specific examples, the invention relates to administering isolated and / or recombinant FXI to patients suffering from congenital FXI deficiency.

在貫行本發明上,任何能有效預防或治療出血的FXIIn the practice of the present invention, any FXI that can effectively prevent or treat bleeding

夕肽均可被使用。這包括得自血液或血漿或得自血小板或Even peptides can be used. This includes blood or plasma or platelets or

由重組方法在任何適當的宿主生物或細胞中生產的之FXI 多肽。本發明亦涵蓋呈其未分割(酶原)形式的FXI多肽, 以及已經被蛋白質水解加工產生其相對應之具有生物活性 形式者(以FXIa標示)。FXI polypeptides produced by recombinant methods in any suitable host organism or cell. The invention also encompasses FXI polypeptides in their unfragmented (zymogen) form, as well as those that have been proteolytically processed to produce their corresponding biologically active forms (designated FXIa).

如本說明書中所使用的,FXI多肽涵蓋但不受限於 以及FXI有關的多肽。FXI 一詞有意涵蓋但不限於具有里 士型人類血漿FXI之胺基酸序列的多肽,例如在f… 寺人,《生物化學》,第25期:第2417頁(1986年)之余 述’以及得自其他物種,例如牛、豬、狗、鼠、兔和鲑途 ™的野生型FXI。—般而言較好是使用與該對象同系: FXI蛋白質以降低誘發免疫反應的風險。非人_ m的襲 備與特徵鑑認已被例如Gailani(1997 ^,《血液》,第% 期’第1055頁說明過。本發明亦涵蓋獸醫科程序 ^ 種因子XI蛋白質的用途。 田〒化 在某些具體實例中,FXI多肽是野生型的人類血裝 ™(SEqidn〇:1)。在其他具體實例中,Fxi式血小板衍 14 200529870 生的 FXI(pd-FXI)( SEQ ID No』),如 Hsu 等人(i998 年), 《生物化學期刊》’第273期:第13787_93頁所說明。 FXI多肽尚包括FXI之可能存在且各個相異的天鈇對 偶基因變異體。同時,醣化作用或其他轉譯後修御的程度 和位置在某些情形下可能有改變,視編碼fxi的核酸來源、 FXI生產的宿主細胞、以及維護生產細胞的條件而定。 與FXI相關的多狀包括但不限於相對於人類f幻已被 化學修飾的FXI多肽(亦即FXI街生物)及/或包含一種或多 於-種與人類FXI相關的胺基酸序列變化之ρχι多狀(亦 即™變異體)。此種與FXI相關的多肽可以展現相對於 人類FXI之—個或多於一個方面的生物活性改變,其包括 但不限於改變的穩定度、改變的磷脂結合、改變的I酵素 活性、改變的致免疫性、改變的生物可獲性、改變之與一 種或多於-種FXI結合夥伴之結合、改變的與咖抑制劑 Μ合及類似者。™相關的多狀涵蓋呈其未被切割形式 «原)的多肽,以及已經被蛋白質水解產生其相對的生物 活I·生开V式之夕肽’可稱之為「與FXI相關的多 化之與FXI相關的多肽」。 次活 FXI何生物之非限制性的實例包括:野生型 無論在體内或體外已經被碟酸化、硫酸化、PEG化、或藉 由種或夕於-種轉糖苦酶及/或酶苦酶作用而修飾過As used in this specification, FXI polypeptides encompass, but are not limited to, and FXI related polypeptides. The term FXI is intended to cover, but is not limited to, polypeptides having the amino acid sequence of FXI in human plasma of Richter type, for example, in F ... Teren, "Biochemistry", No. 25: p. 2417 (1986). And wild-type FXI from other species, such as cattle, pig, dog, rat, rabbit, and Salmon ™. -In general, it is better to use a syngeneic: FXI protein to reduce the risk of inducing an immune response. The preparation and characterization of non-human_m have been described, for example, by Gailani (1997 ^, "Blood", Issue% ', p. 1055. The present invention also covers veterinary procedures ^ the use of factor XI proteins. In some specific examples, the FXI polypeptide is wild-type human blood pack ™ (SEqidn0: 1). In other specific examples, the Fxi-type platelet derivative 14 200529870 FXI (pd-FXI) (SEQ ID No) ), As described by Hsu et al. (I998), Journal of Biochemistry, No. 273: 13787_93. FXI peptides also include FXI's possible variants of the different ligatures dual genes. At the same time, saccharification The extent and location of effects or other post-translational repairs may change in some cases, depending on the source of fxi-encoding nucleic acid, the host cell produced by FXI, and the conditions under which the production cell is maintained. Polymorphisms related to FXI include but Not limited to FXI polypeptides that have been chemically modified relative to human fx (ie, FXI street organisms) and / or ρχι polymorphic (ie, ™ mutations) that contain one or more than one amino acid sequence change associated with human FXI Body). This is related to FXI Related polypeptides can exhibit one or more changes in biological activity relative to human FXI, including but not limited to altered stability, altered phospholipid binding, altered I enzyme activity, altered immunogenicity, alteration Bioavailability, altered binding to one or more FXI binding partners, altered binding to caffeine inhibitor M and the like. ™ related polymorphisms encompass polypeptides in their uncut form «proto} ", And the relative biological activity of the proteolytic peptides that have been produced by the proteolytic enzymes of the" V-type peptide "can be referred to as" multiple FXI-related polypeptides associated with FXI. " Non-limiting examples of inferior FXI organisms include: wild-type has been acidified, sulfated, PEGylated, in vivo or in vitro, or by a species of transglucosidase and / or enzyme Modified by enzyme action

Hi異靖參考例如等人_年),《凝血酶 人 弟82期·第1283-8頁)。 FXI變異體的非限制性實例包括:-個或多於一個N_ 15 200529870 連接或〇-連接的醣化作用一致的部位已經被修飾的FXI、 單鏈FXI(亦即其單體多肽並不像野生型一般受到鏈内蛋白 質水解切割的FXI),以及半胱胺酸變異體,其中一個或多 於一個半胱胺酸殘基被縮合或重置,包括但不限於改變單 體或二聚體的二硫鍵結合形式之變化。’在一項具體實例 中,Cys! i (不被認為參與分子間或分子内的二硫鍵結合)即 被縮合或取代掉。 在一系列的具體實例中,FXI變異體相對於野生型的 人類FXI以在血漿内減少半衰期。在一項具體實例中,FXI 變異體具有低於50小時的半衰期。在一項具體實例中,FXI 變異體具有低於24小時的半衰期。在一項具體實例中,FXI 變異體具有低於12小時的半衰期。在一項具體實例中,FXI 變異體具有低於6小時的半衰期。在一項具體實例中,FXI 變異體具有低於3小時的半衰期。 在一系列的具體實例中,FXI變異體是N-連接之醣化 作用在一個或多於一個位置已經被同源之與N-連接的醣化 作用一致部位修飾而被破壞掉的多肽,例如:藉由獨立取 代以下任何胺基酸:N90、N126、N353、N450、N491,或 先前提過任何取代之組合。此種變異體的非限制性實例包 括 FXI-N72Q ; FXI-N108Q ; FXI-N335Q ; FXI-N432Q ; FXI-N473Q; FXI-N72Q/N108Q ; FXI-N72Q/N1 08Q/N335Q ; FXI-N72Q/N108Q/N3 3 5Q/N43 2Q ; FXI-Hi Yijing, for example, et al., "Thrombin 82, 1283-8"). Non-limiting examples of FXI variants include:-one or more N_15 200529870 linkages or 0-linkages where the glycosylation is consistent has been modified, single-chain FXI (i.e., its monomeric polypeptide is not like wild Type is generally subject to in-chain proteolytic cleavage (FXI), and cysteine variants in which one or more than one cysteine residue is condensed or reset, including but not limited to altering the monomer or dimer Changes in the form of disulfide bonding. ’In a specific example, Cys! I (not considered to be involved in intermolecular or intramolecular disulfide bonding) is condensed or replaced. In a series of specific examples, FXI variants reduce half-life in plasma relative to wild-type human FXI. In a specific example, the FXI variant has a half-life of less than 50 hours. In a specific example, the FXI variant has a half-life of less than 24 hours. In a specific example, the FXI variant has a half-life of less than 12 hours. In a specific example, the FXI variant has a half-life of less than 6 hours. In a specific example, the FXI variant has a half-life of less than 3 hours. In a series of specific examples, FXI variants are polypeptides that have been destroyed by N-linked saccharification at one or more positions that have been modified by homologous sites that are consistent with N-linked saccharification, such as: Any of the following amino acids are independently substituted: N90, N126, N353, N450, N491, or a combination of any substitutions previously mentioned. Non-limiting examples of such variants include FXI-N72Q; FXI-N108Q; FXI-N335Q; FXI-N432Q; FXI-N473Q; FXI-N72Q / N108Q; FXI-N72Q / N1 08Q / N335Q; FXI-N72Q / N108Q / N3 3 5Q / N43 2Q; FXI-

N72Q/N108Q/N335Q/N432Q/N473Q ; FXI-N72Q/ N432Q ; FXI-N72Q/ N473Q ; FXI-N1 08Q/N432Q ; FXI-N1 08Q/N473Q 16 200529870 和FXI-N432Q/N473Q 。在一個或多於一個部位破壞n-連 接的醣化作用亦可被達成,例如藉由⑴獨立刪除任何殘基 72-74、108-110、335-337、432-434 和 473_475(亦即在每 一部位的一個或多於一個殘基可被刪除且不被任何其他的 月女基酸所取代)’(ii)獨立取代N + 2殘基(例如將T74取代到 任何不是S的殘基,將S110取代到任何不是τ的殘基,N72Q / N108Q / N335Q / N432Q / N473Q; FXI-N72Q / N432Q; FXI-N72Q / N473Q; FXI-N1 08Q / N432Q; FXI-N1 08Q / N473Q 16 200529870 and FXI-N432Q / N473Q. Glycation that disrupts n-linking at one or more sites can also be achieved, for example by independently deleting any residues 72-74, 108-110, 335-337, 432-434, and 473_475 (i.e. One or more residues at one site may be deleted and not replaced by any other laurinic acid) '(ii) independently substituted N + 2 residues (such as T74 to any residue other than S, Replacing S110 with any residue other than τ,

將S337取代到任何不是S的殘基,將S434取代到任何不 是T的殘基,將S475取代到任何不是丁的殘基),·(丨⑴用 破壞醣化作用的胺基酸取代N+1殘基(舉例但不限於浦胺 酉欠(P))。吾人應瞭解任何以上方法的組合均可用於獨立破 壞FXI多肽中不同部位的醣化作用。 本發明亦涵蓋FXI多肽的整體或部分與其他異源的肽 序列之間所形成的嵌合或融合多肽。例如四個蘋果域的一 個或多於一個被得自其他多肽的相似蘋果域所取代(請參^ J女Gailam等人(1999年),《血液》,第94期··第621Replace S337 with any residue that is not S, S434 with any residue that is not T, and S475 with any residue that is not butyl), · (丨 ⑴ Replace N + 1 with an amino acid that destroys saccharification Residues (for example but not limited to Puraminol (P)). We should understand that any combination of the above methods can be used to independently destroy the glycation of different parts of the FXI polypeptide. The present invention also covers the whole or part of the FXI polypeptide and other Chimeric or fusion polypeptides formed between heterologous peptide sequences. For example, one or more of the four apple domains are replaced by similar apple domains obtained from other polypeptides (see J Female Gailam et al. (1999 ), "Blood", No. 94 · · 621

二)或者個或多於一個蘋果域整個被刪除。在另一項具選 男例中,一個與LDL受體有關之蛋白質(LRP)的、结合部未(办 如含有因+ Τ Υα β m 之Phe34r Asn346殘基的多肽,業已顯示對 LRP的父互作用有貢獻,Rohlena等人(2003年),《生 修^2刊》’第278期··第9394頁)連接到FXI多狀已 >牟/、藥物動力學的性質。 拓二'生形式存在之FXI的二聚體的性質(以及在例如血小 製備矛FXI活化作用中的兩個單體的不對稱功能)也使得 用於本發明的包含咖雜二聚體(亦即合併兩個不完全 17 200529870 的FXI(或與FXI相關的)單體多肽)之FXI的二聚體為可 行。唯一必需的是該雜二聚體展現一項或多於一項生 物活性之有利之方面。 用於本發明的FXI多肽包含而不限於展現與野生型的 人一 FXI在本質上完全相同或或增進的生物性質的多肽, 以及FXI生物活性相對於野生型的人類FXI活性其本質上 已經被修御或降低的多肽。B) Either one or more Apple domains are deleted in their entirety. In another selected male case, a LDL receptor-related protein (LRP) that does not have a binding moiety (such as a polypeptide containing Phe34r Asn346 residues due to + T Υα β m) has been shown to be a parent of LRP. Contributions to interactions, Rohlena et al. (2003), "Study of Life ^ 2" "Issue 278 · · page 9394) connected to FXI polymorphism has been>> pharmacokinetic properties. The nature of the dimers of FXI in the form of Tauto (as well as the asymmetric function of two monomers in, for example, the activation of FXI of the blood preparation lance) also makes the use of the present invention-containing heterodimer ( That is, it is feasible to combine two incomplete FXI (or FXI-related) monomeric polypeptides of FXI (2005 20057070). All that is required is that the heterodimer exhibit one or more beneficial aspects of biological activity. The FXI polypeptide used in the present invention includes, but is not limited to, a polypeptide exhibiting biological properties that are substantially the same as or enhanced in nature with wild-type human-FXI, and the biological activity of FXI relative to the wild-type human FXI activity has been essentially Repair or reduce peptides.

在貫仃本發明中,含有FXIa或FXIa相關的多肽,包 括k異體之有益組成物涵蓋當野生型FXI對等物是已得自 相同來源或在同樣的細胞型中產生的,並且活性比較已經 藉著在項70全相同的FXI活性檢驗中實行的時候,能夠 展現至少大約10%,至少大約20%,至少大約3〇%,至少 大約40% ’至少大約5〇%,至少大約,至少大約,/〇, 至少大約80%,至少大約9〇%,至少大約1〇〇%,至少大 約no%,至少大約12〇%,至少大約包含僅有野生 型FXI之組成物的特定活性者。在本說明書中使用時,「活 性」和「特定活性」一詞個別或聚結地適用於FXI生物活 性的任何一個或多個方面。 在某些具體實例中,當在FXI醯胺水解檢驗中試驗時 XI相關的夕肽的特定水解活性與野生型人類的蛋 質水解活性之比率$ /1、 手至^為大約1 ·25 ;在另一項具體中, 比例至少為大約2 〇 ·方隹 ^ U,在進一步的具體實例中,該比例 少為大約4.0。 FXI生物活性 18 200529870 在實行本發明時,FXI生物活性的一項或多於一項不 同的方面可被定量或是利用於以下方面:⑴挑選適當用於 醫療轭用的FXI組成物、調配物、FXI生產或純化的方法 及類似者;(ii)評估不同醫療方式的效力。吾人應瞭解Fxia 的「特定生物活性」或任何者這些生物活性的方面是以每 單位質量的FXI多肽之活性單位來表示的。這些方面包括 以下: I.蛋白質水解活柯: (a) 醯胺水解活性可以利用適當的發色受質在體外定 量,例如S2355(Chr〇m〇genix公司出品),如Ekdahl等人 之說明U999年),《血小板與止血》,第82期:第_· 8頁。測直的活性與具有經過定義的特定活性(酵素研究實 驗室)之標準FχIa製備物比較並且其值以Fxia活性的au 來表示。 (b) FXI活化作用的活性可以直接藉由測量因子ιχ變 成IXa的蛋白質水解轉換在體外做定量,說明於例如以 等人(2001年),《血液》,第97期··第3ιΐ7_3ΐ22頁。 11 ·結合活性和抑制齋丨 IX(FIX) ’以及與血小板相關的FXI受體 在實行本發明時,任何傳統的檢驗可用於 於任何這些(或其他)結合夥伴的親和力。 野生型的FXI有數個結合夥伴,包括激肽釋放肽原 (PK)、高分子量的激肽原(HK)、凝血狀/凝血狀原、因子 ’稱為 GPlb-IX。 定量FXI多肽對 此種結合檢驗包 19 200529870 - …中的、·,。合夥伴被標記的競爭性结 ™多肽結合夥伴亦涵 ::Ά驗。 但不限於抗凝血酶m、c] 3 χι活性部位抑制劑,包括 、-此於人札、· 月和蛋白酶連接蛋白II (PN II) 、二化5物對於FXI多狀 )。 驗法予以定量;或者此錄“力了以利用傳統的結合檢 之蛋白質水解活性的抑制活性可以利用醯胺水 化作用檢驗來測量。 / ίΧ活 III.凝固 砝血—間、血塊溶解時間和也塊強度是 之止血系統床參數。 細飨病患 +的時門np— 血κ樣疋在施用™續之後再適 田的職病患取得的並且對這些參數的— 於一項進行檢驗。布本 ϋντ ^ tir 夕 體外卢王… 次者’ FXI多肽製備物可以用於試管内/ 體外處理採自人類對象的血液。 邊τ間可利用標準ρτ或apTT檢驗法來進行檢驗。 .旦血塊溶解時間和血塊強度可以藉由凝血彈性描記法來 測量,使用例如Vig等人(2〇〇1年)《血液凝固與纖維溶解》, :12期⑺’第555-561頁以及S〇rensen(2〇〇3年)《凝血 酶與止血》,第H第頁551·558所說明的方法進行。 或者’血塊強度可以藉自Carr等人(1991年),《美國醫學 科學雜誌、》’第3G2期:第丨3_8 f所說明的方法進行檢驗。 反應以凝血彈性描記法來測量之FXI的凝血活性之一 貝ί數疋總體血塊品質(overall clot quality)」(qcq)。 20 200529870 -旦血塊形成起始㈣),血塊強度做為時間函數的測量透 =血塊形成的最大速度(max vel)以及達到最大速度所需的 日守間U。進接著,添加組織纖溶酶原活化物(tpA)能 夠測出纖維蛋白、、交S2 -rf Θ ίΐΐ 2: Ϊ / 1 芦貪白A解亚且付到達到纖維蛋白溶解之最大速 度所需的時間(tminre,)。OCQ被計算為: (MU Vel/tmax rel) X din rel _tniax “丨) IY ·藥物動參數 野生型的人類FX][被相信在血漿中具有大約5〇小時 的半衰自,5亥半衰期至少部分受到其肖服$ I作用的調 節。在實行本發明時,可使用FXI多狀,其展現不同於天 然FXI的藥物動力學參數。非限制性的實例包括已經用唾 液酸酶處理以自FXI關聯的募糖上除去一個或多於一個末 全而的唾液酸殘基之FXI多肽、已經被pEG反應修飾的Fxl 多肽、和展現經改變之與HK之交互作用的ρχι多肽。在 貫行本發明時,藥物動力學性質可以利用例如winN〇nlin 專業版3.1(PharSight公司出品,位於美國加州的M〇untain View市)來做計算。若有多於一個數值存在,則該計算可 以利用每一時點的平均濃度值來進行。 以下的藥物動力學參數可以利用以下的公式計算出 來· AUC、AUC%Extrap、Cmax、tmax、、、ti/2、CL 和 Vz : 21 200529870In the present invention, beneficial compositions containing FXIa or FXIa-related polypeptides, including k allogenes, are included when wild-type FXI equivalents have been obtained from the same source or produced in the same cell type, and the activity comparison has been By performing in the same FXI activity test of item 70, it can show at least about 10%, at least about 20%, at least about 30%, at least about 40% 'at least about 50%, at least about, at least about / 〇, at least about 80%, at least about 90%, at least about 100%, at least about no%, at least about 120%, at least about including a specific activity of only wild-type FXI composition. As used in this specification, the terms "activity" and "specific activity" apply individually or collectively to any one or more aspects of FXI biological activity. In some specific examples, the ratio of the specific hydrolytic activity of XI-related peptides to the egg-type hydrolytic activity of wild-type humans when tested in the FXI amidine hydrolysis test is $ / 1, and the hand to ^ is about 1.25; In another specific example, the ratio is at least about 2.0 square U. In a further specific example, the ratio is less than about 4.0. FXI biological activity 18 200529870 In the practice of the present invention, one or more different aspects of FXI biological activity can be quantified or used in the following aspects: ⑴ Select the appropriate FXI composition and formulation for medical yoke , Methods of FXI production or purification, and the like; (ii) assess the effectiveness of different medical methods. I should understand that Fxia's "specific biological activity" or any aspect of these biological activities is expressed in units of active units per unit mass of FXI polypeptide. These aspects include the following: I. Proteolytic activity: (a) The amidolytic activity can be quantified in vitro using an appropriate chromophore and substrate, such as S2355 (produced by Chromogenix), as described by Ekdahl et al. U999 ), "Platelet and Hemostasis", No. 82: p. 8 The measured activity is compared with a standard FχIa preparation with a defined specific activity (enzyme research laboratory) and its value is expressed as au of Fxia activity. (b) The activity of FXI activation can be quantified in vitro directly by measuring the proteolytic conversion of the factor ιχ to IXa, as described in, for example, Yi et al. (2001), "Blood", No. 97 · · 3 ΐ 7-3 ΐ 22 pages. 11 · Binding Activity and Inhibition IX (FIX) 'and platelet-related FXI receptors In the practice of the present invention, any conventional test can be used for the affinity of any of these (or other) binding partners. Wild-type FXI has several binding partners, including kininogen (PK), high molecular weight kininogen (HK), clotting / thrombin, and factor 'is called GPlb-IX. Quantitative FXI Peptide Pairs in this binding test kit 19 200529870-.... Partner-labeled Competitive Knot ™ Peptide Binding Partner also includes :: test. But it is not limited to antithrombin m, c] 3 x ι active site inhibitors, including 此, 于, 月, 月, and protease connexin II (PN II), dioxin 5 polymorphism for FXI). Quantitative test method; or this record "Effective to use the traditional proteolytic activity of the proteolytic activity of the inhibitory activity can be measured using hydrazine hydration test. / Ί 活 III. Coagulation weight blood-time, blood clot dissolution time and The strength of the block is a parameter of the hemostatic system bed. The patient's + time gate np—blood kappa-like 施用 was obtained by Shita's occupational patient after the application of TM ™ and tested for these parameters. Buben ϋντ ^ tir Xi Wang Lu… Second time 'FXI peptide preparations can be used for in vitro / in vitro treatment of blood collected from human subjects. Edges τ can be tested using standard ρτ or apTT tests. Dissolution time and clot strength can be measured by thromboelastography, using, for example, Vig et al. (2001) "Blood coagulation and fibrinolysis", Issue 12: pp. 555-561 and Sorensen ( (2003) Thrombin and Hemostasis, H. p.551 · 558. Or 'clot strength can be borrowed from Carr et al. (1991),' American Journal of Medical Science, ' 3G2: Issue 丨 3_8 f The method described is examined. TEG reaction method to measure clotting activity of FXI one shell ί Cloth overall clot quality number (overall clot quality) "(qcq). 20 200529870-Once blood clot formation starts ㈣), the measurement of blood clot strength as a function of time is the maximum velocity (max vel) of blood clot formation and the daytime interval U required to reach the maximum velocity. Further, the addition of tissue plasminogen activator (tpA) can measure fibrin, and cross S2 -rf Θ ίΐΐ 2: Ϊ / 1 reed white A solution and pay the required speed to reach the maximum rate of fibrin dissolution Time (tminre,). The OCQ is calculated as: (MU Vel / tmax rel) X din rel _tniax "丨" IY · pharmacokinetic parameters wild-type human FX] [believed to have a half-life in plasma of about 50 hours, and a half-life of at least 50 Hz Partially regulated by its effects. In the practice of the present invention, FXI polymorphisms can be used, which exhibit pharmacokinetic parameters different from natural FXI. Non-limiting examples include those that have been treated with sialidase to self-extract from FXI FXI polypeptides from which one or more incomplete sialic acid residues have been removed from the associated sugar collection, Fxl polypeptides that have been modified by the pEG reaction, and ρχι polypeptides that exhibit altered interactions with HK. When invented, the pharmacokinetic properties can be calculated using, for example, WinNonlin Professional Edition 3.1 (produced by PharSight, located in Mountain View, California, USA). If more than one value exists, the calculation can be used every time The average concentration value of the point is calculated. The following pharmacokinetic parameters can be calculated using the following formula: AUC, AUC% Extrap, Cmax, tmax,, ti / 2, CL and Vz: 21 200529870

AUC 在血漿濃度··時間曲線下從〇到無限之面積。利用線性 A〇g梯形法外推到無限大來計算。 從時間0到tmax使用線性梯形法:就(。〜)=㈤^兔⑹) 從時間tmax到最終的時點t使用1〇g梯形法: (W -尤) £(j)ΑίΤΐ) 利用以下公式外插至無限大: AUC(i^GD) = ^l ΛThe area of AUC from 0 to infinity under the plasma concentration · time curve. It is calculated by extrapolating the linear AoG trapezoid method to infinity. The linear trapezoidal method is used from time 0 to tmax: just (. ~) = ㈤ ^ 兔 ⑹) The 10g trapezoidal method is used from time tmax to the final time point t: (W-especially) £ (j) ΑίΤΐ) Using the following formula Extrapolate to infinity: AUC (i ^ GD) = ^ l Λ

AUC〇/oExtrap r ^max CL 從最終濃度限蝴得_ AUC百分率: AUCy身坪=—^7^.100% AUC 最大血漿濃度反外插至時間〇 總體清除量AUC〇 / oExtrap r ^ max CL Obtained from the final concentration limit _ AUC percentage: AUCy body plate =-^ 7 ^ .100% AUC maximum extrapolated plasma concentration to time 〇 Total clearance

CLCL

DoseDose

AUC h/i λζ vz 最大血漿濃度被觀察到的時間 _ In 2 iy = 半衰期:’ 1 末速率常數。以1吩線細歸(平均)濃麟時間來計 算的。 根據最終相位所得到的分布體 v __ Dose -積 1 一 AUC·】 FXI的生產與純化 用於本發明的FXI多肽可利用紅y丄^丄社 J用任何本技藝以之的適當 22 200529870 方法伙血水或伙重組來源製備。如本說明書中所使用的, 「經過分離的」一詞係指已經從其被合成的細胞或其在自 中被卷現的基貝(例如血漿或血液)中分離出來的ρχι 多肽。 將多肽從其起源的細胞中分離出來可藉由任何本技藝 已知的方法來達成,包括但不限於將含有所需產物的細胞 培養基從所附著的細胞培養物中除去;離心、或過;慮以移除 掉非附著的細胞;及類似者。視需要ρχι多肽可以進一步 純化。純化作用可利用任何本技藝已知的方法來達成,包 括但不限於親和性色層分析術,例如在抗·fxi抗體管柱或 肽的親和性管柱(非限制性的實例包括肝素、則此、汉以、^ 精胺酸、节脒、肽、其他染劑、或Rp_色層分析術);疏水 性交互作用色層分析術;離子交換色層分析街;顆粒大小 排除法色層分析術;電泳程序以亦如製備用的等電聚焦法 (IEF)、微分溶解度(例如任何沉澱法或結晶法,利用鹽、pH、 硫酸銨、或其他添加物)、或萃取及類似者,如以上更為詳 細的說明來進行。在純化之後,該製劑較好是包含少於2 約10%重量比’更好是少於大約5%,最好是少於大約α 得自宿主細胞的非FXI多肽。 將FXI自血清中純化亦可藉由已知的方法來達成,包 括但不限於由Koide等人(1977年),《生物化學》,第^ 期··第2279頁和B〇Uma等人(1977年),《生物化學期刊》, 第252期·第6432頁,以參考文獻倂於本說明書中。掣 備重組FXI的方法在本技藝中為已知。請參考例^ 23 200529870AUC h / i λζ vz Maximum plasma concentration observed time _ In 2 iy = half-life: ′ 1 terminal rate constant. Calculated based on the 1-line reduction (average) concentration time. The distribution v__ Dose-product 1-AUC · obtained according to the final phase] Production and purification of FXI FXI polypeptides used in the present invention can be made using any of the appropriate methods of this technology by using the method 22 200529870 Prepared from blood or blood sources. As used in this specification, the term "isolated" refers to a ρχι polypeptide that has been isolated from the cells from which it is synthesized or from the substrates (such as plasma or blood) from which it is expressed. Isolation of the polypeptide from cells of its origin can be achieved by any method known in the art, including but not limited to removing the cell culture medium containing the desired product from the attached cell culture; centrifuging, or passing through; To remove non-adherent cells; and the like. If necessary, the ρχι polypeptide can be further purified. Purification can be achieved by any method known in the art, including, but not limited to, affinity chromatography, such as in an anti-fxi antibody column or peptide affinity column (non-limiting examples include heparin, This, Han Yi, arginine, nodules, peptides, other dyes, or Rp_chromatography); hydrophobic interaction chromatography; ion exchange chromatography analysis; particle size exclusion chromatography Analysis; electrophoresis procedures such as isoelectric focusing (IEF) for preparation, differential solubility (eg, any precipitation or crystallization method, using salt, pH, ammonium sulfate, or other additives), or extraction and the like, Proceed as described in more detail above. After purification, the formulation preferably contains less than about 2% to about 10% by weight ' more preferably less than about 5%, and most preferably less than about a non-FXI polypeptide derived from the host cell. Purification of FXI from serum can also be achieved by known methods, including, but not limited to, by Koide et al. (1977), Biochemistry, No. 2 p. 2279, and Bouma et al. ( 1977), Journal of Biochemistry, No. 252, p. 6432, which is incorporated by reference in this specification. Methods to prepare for restructuring FXI are known in the art. Please refer to the example ^ 23 200529870

Kemball_cook等人(1994年),《基因》,第139期:第275 頁,Fujikawa等人(1986年),《生物化學》,第25期:第 2417頁,和Meijers等人(1992年),《血液》,第乃期弟 第⑷5 [在本說明書中以參考文獻完整的併人m 亦可靖自位於印第安那州之s 〇 u t h B e n d市的酵素研究實驗 室(Enzyme Research Laboratoris)。 本發明尚關於將FXUJ太如重組的FXI多狀從盆他生 物物質純化出來的方法,該方法包括將物f在陽離子交換 作用的色析材質上進行色層分析。 本發明尚關於將FXI多肽如重組的FXI多肽從其他生 物物質純化出來的方法,該方法包括將物質在疏水性交互 作用的色析材質上進行色層分析。 本發明尚關於將FXI多肽如重組的FXI多肽從其他生 物物質純化出來的方法’該方法包括將物質在經基鱗灰石 的色析材質上進行色層分析。 本發明尚關於將FXI多肽如重組的FXI多肽從其他生 物物質純化出來的方法,該方法包括將物質在陽離;交換 作用的色析材質、厭水性交互作用的色析材質和羥基磷灰 石的色析材質上進行色層分析。吾人必需瞭解一系列的色 層分析數是依照說明的順序進行的。 本況明書中所使用的「羥基磷灰石的色析材質」亦指 任何本说明書中已知的經基碟灰石的色析材質能與PM多 狀結合者,如羥基磷灰石基質。 本說明書所使用的「陽離子交換色層分析材質」意指 24 200529870 任何本技藝 析材質。 中已知 月b與F XI多狀結合的陽離 子交換色層分 本說明書所使用的「疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質 '“任何本技藝中已知能與FXI多肽結合的疏 用之色層分析材質。 · 在一項具體實例中,本發明係關於將FXI多肽從生物 物質中純化出來的方法,該方法包含以下步驟:Kemball_cook et al. (1994), Genes, No. 139: p. 275, Fujikawa et al. (1986), Biochemistry, No. 25: p. 2417, and Meijers et al. (1992), "Blood", No. 2 [5] [Complete references in this specification and humans may also be obtained from Enzyme Research Laboratoris, located in South Bend, Indiana. The present invention also relates to a method for purifying FXUJ Tairu recombinant FXI polymorph from pelvic biomaterials. The method comprises subjecting the substance f to chromatographic analysis on a chromatographic material having cation exchange action. The present invention also relates to a method for purifying an FXI polypeptide, such as a recombinant FXI polypeptide, from other biological materials. The method includes performing color layer analysis on a hydrophobically interacting color separation material. The present invention also relates to a method for purifying an FXI polypeptide, such as a recombinant FXI polypeptide, from other biological substances. The method includes performing a color layer analysis on a color-dialyzed material based on base wollastonite. The invention also relates to a method for purifying an FXI polypeptide, such as a recombinant FXI polypeptide, from other biological materials. The method includes separating the material in the positive ion; a coloring material for exchange, a coloring material for anaerobic interaction, and hydroxyapatite. Color layer analysis on the color separation material. I must understand that a series of color analysis numbers are performed in the order indicated. The "coloring material of hydroxyapatite" used in the present specification also refers to any known coloring material of base disc limestone that can be combined with PM in this specification, such as a hydroxyapatite matrix. The “cation exchange chromatography analysis material” used in this manual means 24 200529870 any analysis material of this technology. The cation-exchange chromatographic layer that is known to combine polymorphism with F XI in this paper. The "hydrophobic interaction chromatographic analysis material" used in this specification. "Any chromatographic chromatographic layer known to be capable of binding to FXI polypeptide in this technology. Analyze materials. · In a specific example, the present invention relates to a method for purifying FXI polypeptide from biological material, which method comprises the following steps:

⑴將該生物物質施用於該第-種陽離子交換色層 材質; (1〇用緩衝液A將未結合的物質從第一種陽離子交換 色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液A適用於將未能與第一' 種陽離子父換色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並且 (ill)用緩衝液A’將未結合的物質從第一種陽離子交換 色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液A,適用於將未能與第一 種陽離子交換色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫溶離下來;並 且⑴ Apply the biological substance to the first cation exchange color layer material; (10 Unbound material is eluted from the first cation exchange color layer analysis material with buffer A, and buffer A is suitable for applying The material that fails to bind to the first 'cationic parent color change layer analysis material is eluted; and (ill) the buffer A' is used to elute the unbound material from the first cation exchange color layer analysis material, Buffer A, suitable for elution and dissolution of substances that fail to bind to the first cation exchange chromatography material; and

Ο)藉由緩衝液A”將該FXI多肽從第一種陽離子交換 色層分析材質上洗脫下來’緩衝液A,,適用於將FXI多肽 從第一種陽離子交換色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 在一項具體貫例中’本發明係關於從生物物質中純化 FXI的方法,該方法包含以下步驟: 用疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質對得自步驟(iv)的 洗脫物或利用步驟(iv)製備的液體進行色層分析,該色層 分析術包含: 25 200529870 (V)將得自步驟(iv)的洗脫物或利用步驟(iv)製備的液體 施加於該疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質; ()用、、爰衝液B將未結合的物質從該疏水性交互作用 之色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液A適用於將未能與該 疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並 且 (vn)用緩衝液B,將該ρχι多肽從該疏水性交互作用之 色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液B,適用於將FXI多肽從 該疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 在項具體實例中,本發明係關於從生物物質中純化 FXI的方法,該方法包含以下步驟: 用經基磷灰石色層分析材質對得自步驟(vii)的洗脫物 或利用步驟(vii)製備的液體進行色層分析,該色層分析術 包含= (vm)將得自步驟(vii)的洗脫物或利用步驟(νϋ)製備的 液體施加於該羥基磷灰石色層分析材質; (lx)用緩衝液C將未結合的物質從該羥基磷灰色層分 析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液C適用於將未能與該羥基磷灰 色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並且 (X)用緩衝液C,將該FXI多肽從該羥基磷灰色層分析 材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液C,適用於將FXI多肽從該羥基磷 灰色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 在一項具體實例中,本發明係關於從生物物質中純化 FXI的方法,該方法包含以下步驟: 26 200529870 (a)用第一種陽離子交換色層分析材質對包含多 肽的生物物質進行色層分析,該色層分析術包含·· ⑴將該生物物質施用於該第一種陽離子交換色 材質; ⑻用緩衝液A將未結合的物質從第—種陽離子交換 色層分析材質上洗脫下來’緩衝液A適用於將未能與第一 種陽離子交換色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並且 ㈣用緩衝液A’將未結合的物質從第_種陽離子交換 色層分析材質上洗脫下來’緩衝⑨A,適用於將未能與第一 · 種陽離子交換色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並且 ㈣藉由緩衝液A,,將該FXI多肽從第—種陽離子交換 色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝⑨A,,適用於將ρχι多狀 從第一種陽離子交換色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 (b)用疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質對得自步驟㈣ 的洗脫物或利用步驟(iv)製備的液體進行色層分析,該色 層分析術包含: ⑺將得自步驟(iv)的洗脫物或利用步驟㈣製備的液體· 施加於該疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質; (Vi)用緩衝液B將未結合的物質從該疏水性交互作用 之色層分析材質上下來’緩衝液A適用於將未能與該疏水 性父互作用之色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並且 ㈤)用緩衝液B,將該FXI多肽從該疏水性交互作用之 色層分析材質上洗脫下來’緩衝液B’適用於將ρχι多狀從 該疏水性交互作用之色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 27 200529870 (c)用羥基磷灰石色層分析材質對得自步驟(vii)的洗 脫物或利用步驟〇ii)製備的液體進行色層分析,該色層分 析術包含: (viii)將得自步驟(vii)的洗脫物或利用步驟(vii)製備的 液體施加於該羥基磷灰石色層分析材質; (IX) 用缓衝液C將未結合的物質從該羥基填灰色層分 析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液C適用於將未能與該羥基碟灰 色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並且 (X) 用緩衝液C’將該FXI多肽從該羥基磷灰色層分析 材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液C,適用於將fxi多肽從該羥基磷 灰色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 FXI多肽的純化是增加樣品中FXI多肽相較於該樣品 中的其他成分之濃度的過程,使得FXI多肽的純度增加。 吾人應瞭解樣品中FXI多肽相較於該樣品中的其他成分之 濃度不等於該樣品中FXI多肽的濃度。FXI多肽的純度增 加可以接著用本技藝已知方法測量,例如用SDS-PAGE(十 二烷基硫酸鈉聚丙烯醯胺膠體電泳)、HPLC(高性能液體色 層分析)或 Bericome 檢驗(Dade Behring Diagnostics 公司出 品)、或血塊活性檢驗。 生物物質可為任何得自或包含細胞、細胞成份或細胞 產物的物質。一種生物物質可為生物液體。 一種生物液體可為任何得自或包含細胞、細胞成份或 細胞產物的液體。生物液體包括但不限於細胞培養物、細 胞培養上澄液、細胞溶解物、澄清的細胞溶解物、細胞单 200529870 取物、組織卒取物、血漿、血清,所有這些物質亦可為均 質化物或過濾物、及其部分收集物,例如將未部分收集的 生物液體用色層分析術予以收集。 、 FXI多|太可從廣泛種的生物物質中純化出來,勹二 已括能 自然產生FXI多肽的細胞培養上澄液,但也可從業經遺傳 修飾以生產FXI多肽的細胞中純化出來,如經由編碼pxi 多肽的DNA轉型之哺乳動物細胞(例如ch〇細胞)。 在施用於第一種陽離子交換色層分析材質之前可用數 種方法對生物物質進行處理。此種方法包括但不限於離 〜、過濾。在一項本發明的具體實例中,該生物液體是細 胞溶解物的上澄液。在一項本發明的具體實例中,該生物 液體是酵母菌細胞溶解物的上澄液。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,FXI多肽是從一種細胞 培養物中純化出來的,如以上說明過的哺乳動物細胞培養 物。在步驟⑷的色層分析術之前,可用離心法及/或過渡 法將哺乳動物細胞從細胞培養上澄液中分離出來。在採用 色層分析術的步驟(a)之前可使抑制劑如EDTA(四乙酸乙二 胺)和苯脒HC1包含在内。 緩衝液是包含一種物質的溶液,該物質能防止溶液在 加進少量的酸或鹼時pH值發生顯著的變化,從而絕大部 分地維持該溶液原初的酸性或鹼性。緩衝液通常包含弱酸 或弱驗及其鹽。 在步驟(a)的色層分析術之前,可將生物液體的pH調 整為緩衝液A的PH,例如用1M hci或iM NaOH或利用 29 200529870 其他本技藝已知的方法。 第一種陽離子交換色層分析 , 何貝可為任何本技蓺已知 =離子交換色層分析材質’能在一系列的條件下:已二 夕肽結合亚且在不同的—系列條件τ將其釋放者,如一種 包含績酸基丙基的陽離子交換色層分析材質。更多非限制 性的陽離子交換色層分析材f的實例包括衍生的葡聚糖、 瓊脂、纖維素、聚丙烯醯胺、和特殊化的矽膠类員,如羧甲 基。鑑認適當的陽離子交換色層分析材f可藉著將包含f χ工 多肽的生物液體施加在選擇好的陽離子交換色層分析材質 上進行陽離子交換色層分析,收集部分收集物和測定純度 與部分收集物的内容,例如利用SDS_PAGE(十二烷基硫酸 鈉聚丙烯醯胺膠體電泳)、HPLC(高性能液體色層分析)或〇) Use buffer A ”to elute the FXI peptide from the first cation exchange chromatography analysis material 'Buffer A, suitable for eluting FXI peptide from the first cation exchange chromatography analysis material In a specific embodiment, the present invention relates to a method for purifying FXI from biological material, which method comprises the following steps: using a hydrophobic interaction color layer analysis material to eluate obtained from step (iv) Or use the liquid prepared in step (iv) for chromatographic analysis, which includes: 25 200529870 (V) applying the eluate obtained from step (iv) or the liquid prepared in step (iv) to the hydrophobic The material of the color layer analysis of the sexual interaction; (), the unbound material is eluted from the material of the color layer analysis of the hydrophobic interaction with the, and the liquid B. The buffer A is suitable for the material that fails to interact with the hydrophobicity. (Vn) using buffer B to elute the ρχι peptide from the hydrophobic interaction color analysis material, buffer B, which is suitable for FXI peptide from this The water-based interaction color layer analysis material elutes. In a specific example, the present invention relates to a method for purifying FXI from biological material, which method comprises the following steps: using a base apatite color layer analysis material to obtain Chromatographic analysis is performed from the eluate of step (vii) or using the liquid prepared in step (vii), which includes = (vm) the eluate from step (vii) or the use of step (ν 利用) The prepared liquid is applied to the hydroxyapatite color layer analysis material; (lx) unbound material is eluted from the hydroxyapatite gray layer analysis material with buffer solution C, and the buffer solution C is suitable for The substance bound by the hydroxyphosphorus gray layer analysis material elutes; and (X) using buffer C, the FXI polypeptide is eluted from the hydroxyphosphorus gray layer analysis material, buffer C, which is suitable for eluting the FXI polypeptide from the The hydroxyphosphorus gray layer was eluted from the analysis material. In a specific example, the present invention relates to a method for purifying FXI from biological material, which method comprises the following steps: 26 200529870 (a) exchange the first cation color layer analysis Chromatographic analysis of biological substances containing peptides, which includes: 层 applying the biological substance to the first cation exchange color material; 缓冲 using buffer A to remove unbound substances from the first- Buffer A is suitable for eluting substances that fail to bind to the first cation exchange chromatography material; and Buffer A 'is used to elute unbound substances from the first _A kind of cation exchange chromatographic analysis material elutes' buffer , A, which is suitable for eluting substances that cannot be combined with the first type of cation exchange chromatographic analysis material; and using buffer A, FXI peptides are eluted from the first cation exchange chromatography analysis material, and buffer ⑨A is suitable for eluting ρχι polymorphism from the first cation exchange chromatography analysis material. (b) Colorimetric analysis of the eluate obtained in step ㈣ or the liquid prepared in step (iv) with a hydrophobic interaction color layer analysis material, which includes: ⑺ will be obtained from step (iv ) Eluate or liquid prepared in step ㈣ · Applied to the color analysis material of the hydrophobic interaction; (Vi) Using buffer B to remove unbound material from the color analysis material of the hydrophobic interaction Down 'Buffer A is suitable for eluting substances that fail to bind to the chromatographic analysis material of the hydrophobic parent; and ii) using buffer B to remove the FXI polypeptide from the chromatographic layer of the hydrophobic interaction 'Buffer B' eluted from the analysis material is suitable for eluting ρχι poly from the hydrophobic interaction color layer analysis material. 27 200529870 (c) Chromatographic analysis of the eluate obtained in step (vii) or the liquid prepared in step ii) using hydroxyapatite chromatographic analysis material, the chromatographic analysis method comprises: (viii) The eluate obtained in step (vii) or the liquid prepared in step (vii) is applied to the hydroxyapatite color layer to analyze the material; (IX) Unbound material is analyzed from the hydroxy-filled gray layer with buffer C to analyze Eluted from the material, buffer C is suitable for eluting substances that fail to bind to the hydroxy plate gray layer analysis material; and (X) Buffer C 'is used to analyze the material from the hydroxy phosphorus gray layer The buffer solution C is suitable for eluting the fxi polypeptide from the hydroxyphosphorus gray layer analysis material. Purification of FXI polypeptide is a process that increases the concentration of FXI polypeptide in a sample compared to other components in the sample, resulting in increased purity of the FXI polypeptide. We should understand that the concentration of FXI polypeptide in the sample compared to other components in the sample is not equal to the concentration of FXI polypeptide in the sample. The increase in the purity of the FXI polypeptide can then be measured using methods known in the art, such as by SDS-PAGE (sodium lauryl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis), HPLC (high-performance liquid chromatography) or Bericome test (Dade Behring) Diagnostics) or blood clot activity test. Biological material can be any material obtained from or containing cells, cellular components, or cell products. A biological substance may be a biological liquid. A biological fluid may be any liquid obtained from or containing cells, cellular components or cell products. Biological fluids include, but are not limited to, cell cultures, cell culture supernatants, cell lysates, clarified cell lysates, cell single 200529870 extracts, tissue extracts, plasma, serum, all of which can also be homogenous or The filter and a part of the collected matter, for example, the non-partially collected biological fluid is collected by chromatography. FXI and more | too can be purified from a wide variety of biological materials, the second has included cell culture supernatants that can naturally produce FXI polypeptide, but can also be purified from cells genetically modified to produce FXI polypeptide, such as Mammalian cells (eg cho cells) transformed via DNA encoding a pxi polypeptide. There are several ways to treat biological material before applying it to the first cation exchange chromatography material. Such methods include, but are not limited to, separation and filtration. In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the biological liquid is a supernatant of a cell lysate. In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the biological fluid is a supernatant of a yeast cell lysate. In a specific embodiment of the invention, the FXI polypeptide is purified from a cell culture, such as a mammalian cell culture described above. Prior to the chromatographic analysis in step 哺乳动物, mammalian cells can be separated from the cell culture supernatant by centrifugation and / or transition. Inhibitors such as EDTA (ethylene diamine tetraacetate) and phenylhydrazone HC1 can be included before step (a) of the chromatographic analysis. A buffer solution is a solution containing a substance that prevents the solution from significantly changing in pH when a small amount of acid or alkali is added, thereby largely maintaining the original acidity or alkalinity of the solution. Buffers usually contain weak acids or weak salts and their salts. Prior to the chromatographic analysis of step (a), the pH of the biological fluid can be adjusted to the pH of buffer A, for example with 1M hci or iM NaOH or using other methods known in the art. The first type of cation exchange chromatography, He Bei can be any known in the art = Ion exchange chromatography analysis material 'can be under a series of conditions: the peptide binding subgroup and under different-a series of conditions τ will It is released by, for example, a cation exchange chromatography material containing a propyl propyl group. Examples of more non-limiting cation exchange chromatography materials f include dextran, agar, cellulose, polyacrylamide, and specialized silicone members, such as carboxymethyl. Identification of the appropriate cation exchange chromatography material f can be performed by applying a biological fluid containing f χ engineering polypeptide on the selected cation exchange chromatography material for cation exchange chromatography analysis, collecting part of the collection and determining the purity and Part of the contents of the collection, such as using SDS_PAGE (polysodium lauryl sulfate polyacrylamide gel electrophoresis), HPLC (high performance liquid chromatography) or

Bericome 檢驗(Dade Behring Diagnostics 公司出品)、監測 溶離物在波長280nm下的吸光值並且利用本技藝的其他方 法進行。適當之陽離子交換色層分析材質的實例包括但不 限於 Streamline SP XL(Amersham Biosciences 公司出品, 目錄編號 17-5073)、Obelix ST CIEX(Amersham Biosciences 公司出品,目錄編號 11-0010)、Streamline Direct CST (Amersham Biosciences 公司出品,目錄編號 17-5266)、S-The Bericome test (produced by Dade Behring Diagnostics), monitors the absorbance of the eluate at a wavelength of 280 nm, and uses other methods of this technique. Examples of suitable cation exchange chromatography materials include, but are not limited to, Streamline SP XL (produced by Amersham Biosciences, catalog number 17-5073), Obelix ST CIEX (produced by Amersham Biosciences, catalog number 11-0010), Streamline Direct CST ( Produced by Amersham Biosciences, catalog number 17-5266), S-

Support Unosphere、BioRad 目錄編號 156-0113 或 Toyopearl SP 5 5 0C Toso Haas目錄編號14028。在一項具體實例中, 使用 Obelix ST CIEX。 第一種陽離子交換色層分析材質可以在施加生物物質 之前預先用緩衝液A使其平衡。 30 200529870 緩衝液A可包含蛋白酶抑制劑如e d 和节胖肥,但是其他市售的蛋白酶抑制劑亦可使=:私) 在本發明的一項具體實例中,緩衝液A的沖_7 和9之間。在還有一項具體實 τ 緩衝液A的ρϋ大約 馬8 〇 在本發明的-項具體實例中,緩衝液α 度 大約為40mS/cm。 电及J % …緩衝液A”被用於洗脫™。典型上,用於步驟⑼之 冲洗的緩衝液(在本案例中是缥输 1 I茶财疋,讀液A和A,)的—種或多於 、 辰度會在洗脫過程中增加或減低,或者-種新 入該緩衝液,而這種成分的濃度會在洗脫過程 減低。這樣的增加或減低如本技藝中所知會連續 或是在分開的步驟中發生。為 S玍马了將結合於陽離子交換色声 分析材質上的物質洗脫下來 、曰 Δ ^ 貝吊的要添加鹽例如NaC1 厂成衝液A中。這種特定的陽 ,^ ^ ^ 勿雕卞又換树脂亦可用做為疏 p 乂乍用的樹月旨,對於這種樹脂而言,吾人慣常的把Support Unosphere, BioRad catalog number 156-0113 or Toyopearl SP 5 5 0C Toso Haas catalog number 14028. In a specific example, Obelix ST CIEX is used. The first cation exchange chromatographic analysis material can be equilibrated with buffer A before applying the biological substance. 30 200529870 Buffer A may contain protease inhibitors such as ed and fat, but other commercially available protease inhibitors may also be used:: private) In a specific example of the present invention, the buffer 7 and 7 Between 9. In a specific embodiment, the pH of the buffer solution A is approximately 8800. In one embodiment of the present invention, the buffer solution α is approximately 40 mS / cm. Electricity and J%… Buffer A ”is used for Elution ™. Typically, the buffer used for the washing of step ((in this case, 1 缥 茶茶 疋, readings A and A,) -One or more, the degree will increase or decrease during the elution process, or-a new buffer is added, and the concentration of this component will decrease during the elution process. Such increase or decrease is known in the art It will occur continuously or in separate steps. For S, the material bound to the cation-exchange color-acoustic analysis material will be eluted, and the salt to be added, such as Na ^, will be added to the flushing liquid A. This This particular kind of yang, ^ ^ ^ Do not carve and change the resin can also be used as a sparse tree moon purpose, for this resin, I usually use

丙二醇/甘油添加到緩衝液A 展生较衝液A 〇若將NaCI ===者均添加到緩衝液入中,則™就會被 匯隹進"進Γ—個部分收集物含冑FXI多肽以便將之 [本進灯進-步處理,例如排除掉在FXI續洗 始或末尾被洗脫出之不要° 因样μ 、 受π雑貝疋热I本技藝者習知的。 ’、:…;進行陽離子交換色層分析術的一般技藝 如預先平衡、洗脫時間、^ Μ 質曹Μ曰Ρ 4 將%離子交換色層分析材 貝重組寺疋已經熟知的。 31 200529870 在將步驟(iv)巾M t )中的FXI多肽洗脫出來以 fxi多肽蛋白質抑制劑如edta,… 】加3有 脫脱妒EDTA(四乙酸以二胺)和苯胖的洗 T驟(V)。该洗脫物亦保持在例如4〇c>c婉24 小時或更長時間,或在例如_8〇。^。 用於步驟(b)的疏水性交互作用色層分析材質可為任何 本技藝已知的疏水性交互作用色層分析材質,能在一系列 的條件下貞FXI多肽結合並且在不同的一系列條件下將其 釋放者,如一種以苯基、丁基或辛基或聚丙烯酸樹脂衍I 的疏水性交互作用色層分析材質。非限制性的適當疏水性 父互作用色層分析材質的實例為AmberchromTM CG71(Tosoh Bi〇Science 公司出品)、Phenyl Sephar〇seTMHighPropylene glycol / glycerin was added to Buffer A. The growth was better than that of Buffer A. 〇If NaCI === was added to the buffer, then ™ will be imported into the "collection"-a partial collection containing FXI peptide In order to further process this [into the lamp, for example, to exclude the elution at the beginning or end of the FXI continuation wash. Therefore, μ, subject to π 雑 疋 heat, which is known to this artist. The general techniques for performing cation exchange chromatography are as follows: pre-equilibrium, elution time, ^ M, Ca, M, and P4.% Ion exchange chromatography analysis materials are well known. 31 200529870 Elution of the FXI polypeptide in step (iv) M t) with fxi peptide protein inhibitors such as edta, ...] plus 3 EDTA (tetraacetic acid with diamine) and benzene fat washing T Step (V). The eluate is also maintained at, for example, 40 ° C for 24 hours or more, or at, for example, -8 °. ^. The hydrophobic interaction color layer analysis material used in step (b) can be any hydrophobic interaction color layer analysis material known in the art, which can bind FXI polypeptide under a series of conditions and under different series of conditions. Let's release them, such as a phenyl, butyl, or octyl or polyacrylic resin derivative I analysis of the hydrophobic interaction color layer. Non-limiting examples of suitable hydrophobic parent interaction color analysis materials are AmberchromTM CG71 (produced by Tosoh BioScience), Phenyl Sephar〇seTM High

Performance(苯基瓊脂糖高性能層析)(Amersham公司出 品’目錄編號 1 7-1082)、Phenyl SepharoseTM 6 Fast Flow High Substitution(苯基瓊脂糖6快速流動高取代層析) (Amersham 公司出品,目錄編號 1 7-0973)、Toyopearl®丁 基 650(Tosoh Bioscience 公司出品)、Toyopearl® 苯基(Tosoh Bioscience 公司出品)、Source tm 15 Phe(Amersham Biosciences 公司出品,目錄編號 17-0147)、ButylPerformance (Phenyl Sepharose High Performance Chromatography) (Amersham Company's Catalog No. 1 7-1082), Phenyl SepharoseTM 6 Fast Flow High Substitution (Phenyl Sepharose 6 Fast Flow High Substitution Chromatography) (Amersham Company, Catalog No. 1 7-0973), Toyopearl® butyl 650 (produced by Tosoh Bioscience), Toyopearl® phenyl (produced by Tosoh Bioscience), Source tm 15 Phe (produced by Amersham Biosciences, catalog number 17-0147), Butyl

Sepharose™ High Performance High Substitution (丁基瓊 脂糖高性能高取代層析)(Amersham Biosciences公司出 品,目錄編號 17-3100)、Octyl-SepharoseTM (Amersham Biosciences公司出品’目錄編號 17-0946)和本基 SepharoseTM High Performance High Substitution (苯基瓊 脂糖高性能高取代層析)(Amersham Biosciences公司出品) 32 200529870 及類似者。。在本發明的一項具體實例中,該厭水性交互 作用色層分析材質利用丁基做為配體。 緩衝液B和NaCl可在步驟(b)的色層分析術之前添加 到得自階段(iv)的洗脫物或利用得自階段(iv)的洗脫物所製 備之液體,其量大約為一倍到兩倍體積或更多,或是緩衝 液B的濃縮形式—包含與緩衝液b相同的成分,但是用例 如兩倍的濃度,添加到得自階段(iv)的洗脫物或利用得自 階段(iv)的洗脫物所製備之液體,其量大約等於濃縮緩衝Sepharose ™ High Performance High Substitution (Amersham Biosciences, Catalog No. 17-3100), Octyl-SepharoseTM (Amersham Biosciences, 'Cat. No. 17-0946), and Benpha SepharoseTM High Performance High Substitution (Amersham Biosciences) 32 200529870 and the like. . In a specific example of the present invention, the anaerobic interaction color layer analysis material uses butyl as a ligand. Buffer B and NaCl can be added to the eluate obtained from stage (iv) or a liquid prepared using the eluate obtained from stage (iv) before the chromatography in step (b) in an amount of approximately One to two volumes or more, or a concentrated form of buffer B—contains the same components as buffer b, but with, for example, twice the concentration, added to the eluate from stage (iv) or utilized Liquid prepared from eluate from stage (iv) in an amount approximately equal to the concentration buffer

液的強度(添加1.5倍體積之兩倍濃縮的緩衝液量)。 緩衝液B具有大約5到大約9的pH,例如大約8。在 本發明的一項具體實例中,緩衝液B具有大於25ms/cm的 導包度,例如大於70mS/cm。例如這可利用磷酸鹽緩衝液 或其他本技藝已知的方法例如NaC1來達成。在本發明的 項具體貫例中,得自步驟(iv)的洗脫物或利用得自步驟(^) 的洗脫物所製備之液體的導電度經果調整使其導電度至少 為大約 60rnS/crn。Solution strength (add 1.5 times the volume of twice the volume of concentrated buffer). Buffer B has a pH of about 5 to about 9, such as about 8. In a specific example of the present invention, the buffer solution B has a package density greater than 25 ms / cm, such as greater than 70 mS / cm. This can be achieved, for example, using phosphate buffered saline or other methods known in the art such as NaC1. In a specific embodiment of the present invention, the conductivity of the eluate obtained from step (iv) or the liquid prepared using the eluate obtained from step (^) is adjusted so that its conductivity is at least about 60 rnS / crn.

緩衝液B,被用於以梯度洗脫法將FXI多肽洗脫出來 在梯度洗脫物中,緩衝液B,的組成在洗脫的期間發生 變。典型上,步驟(vi)之沖洗用緩衝液的一種或多於一 成分的濃度在緩衝液B的案例中於洗脫期間會增加或 低,或者將種新成份添加到緩衝液中,這種成分的濃度 在洗脫的過程中增加。這種增加或降低可能連續或= :的步驟中發生,如本技藝中所詳知的。為了將與:水 又互作用色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來,吾人慣常 33 200529870 用水稀釋沖洗緩衝液直到至,1 4八 直到至V包含結合之FXI多肽的主要 部份被洗脫下來。測定哪一個八Ι/Γ # 1個邛分收集物含有FXI多肽以Buffer B was used to elute the FXI polypeptide by a gradient elution method. In the gradient eluent, the composition of buffer B was changed during the elution. Typically, the concentration of one or more components of the washing buffer in step (vi) will increase or decrease during the elution in the case of buffer B, or a new component is added to the buffer. The concentration of the components increases during the elution. This increase or decrease may occur in successive or =: steps, as is well known in the art. In order to elute the substance bound to: water and interaction chromatography analysis material, we usually used 33 200529870 to dilute the washing buffer with water until to, 1 4 to 8 until V. The main part containing the bound FXI polypeptide was eluted. . Determine which eight Ι / Γ # 1 fraction collections contain FXI polypeptide to

便將之匯集進行進一步虛搜 A 乂處理,例如排除掉在FXI多肽洗脫 過程開始或末尾被洗脫出之不要的雜質是熟習本技藝者習 知的。同樣的,關於進行疏水性交互作用色層分析術的一 般技藝,例如預先平衡、溶離時間、沖洗、將疏水性交互 作用色層分析材質重組等是已經熟知的。 在本發明的-項具體實例中,得自階段㈤)的洗脫物It will be collected for further virtual search A 乂 treatment, for example, to exclude unnecessary impurities eluted at the beginning or the end of the FXI peptide elution process is known to those skilled in the art. Similarly, the general techniques of performing hydrophobic interaction chromatography are well known, such as pre-equilibrium, dissolution time, washing, and reorganization of hydrophobic interaction chromatography analysis materials. In one embodiment of the present invention, the eluate obtained from stage ii)

或利用得㈣段(vii)的洗脫物所製備之液體是利用包含以 下步驟的方法來處理的: ⑴添加-種或多於-種能增加FXI多肽之敎度的穩 定劑,其量有效於增近期穩定度,及/或Or the liquid prepared by using the eluate of the vii segment (vii) is processed by a method comprising the following steps: ⑴ Adding-or more than-a stabilizer that can increase the degree of FXI polypeptide, the amount is effective Increasing near-term stability, and / or

這個步驟,和視需要其他本技藝已知的加工後的步驟 可以單獨實行或合併實行,並且所實行之步驟的順序並不 重要。沾習本技藝者能決定如何及何時去實行這些步驟。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,能增加ρχι多肽之物理 及/或化學穩定度的穩定劑被添加到含有fxi的部分收集物 中〇 本說明書中所使用的FXI多肽之「物理穩定度」詞 係指該蛋白質由於暴露於溫度_機械壓力下及/或與不穩定 化的界面或表面如疏水性表面和界面交互作用,因而形成 生物上不具活性及/或不溶的集結物或多聚體之可能傾向。 存在於緩衝液A中之FXI多肽的物理穩定度可在把充填在 適當谷|§中的調配物相對於各個時段於不同的溫度暴露於 34 200529870 溫度-機械壓力下(例如攪拌)之後,利用目測法及/或混濁度 測量法來評估。 存在於緩衝液中的FXI多肽之目測可以在一個具有深 色背景的銳利聚焦之光線下進行。該組成物的混濁度可以 藉由目測評分將其混濁的程度列等,例如在0到3的量表(一 種組成物顯示未有混濁則等同於目測評分〇,而一種組成 物在曰光下顯不目測混濁度則等同於目測評分3)上來做鑑 W曰種組成物在曰光下顯示可見的混濁度時,由於蛋 白質集結因而被歸類為物理上不穩定的。或者,該組成物 的此濁度可以藉由熟習本技藝者已知的混濁度簡單方法來 測置,例如藉由測量溶液在波長405nm下的光密度 (〇〇4〇5)。水溶液蛋白質組成物的物理穩定度可以利用該蛋 貝構形狀怨之光谱分析用劑或探針來評估。該探針較好 是優先與該蛋白質的非天然構形體結合之小分子。一種蛋 貝、σ構的小分子光譜分析探針實例為硫代黃素 T(Thi〇flavin 丁)。硫代黃素丁是一種已經配廣泛用於偵測 類^小纖維的螢光染劑。當存在有小纖維或許也有其他 蛋白貝組態時,硫代黃素與一種小纖維蛋白形式結合時會 在大約波長405nm處產生新的最大激發態,並且在大約波 長482nm處產生增進的放射,未結合的硫代黃素在該波長 基本上是不會放射螢光的。 、八他小为子可以用作為蛋白質結構從天然的變成非天 =〜的钛針。例如「疏水性區塊」探針優先與蛋白質暴 路出的疏水性區塊心。疏水性區塊一般而言埋在蛋白質 35 200529870 之天然狀態的三級結構中,但是當蛋白質開始解開或失活 守則’艾為暴露在外。這些小分子的光譜分析探針是芳族的 疏水性染劑,如蒽、吖啶、菲咯啉、或類似者。其他光譜 分析探針為金屬-胺基酸複合物,如疏水性胺基酸的鈷金屬 禝合物、如笨丙胺酸、白胺酸、異白胺酸、曱硫胺酸、纈 胺酸、或類似者。 、 用於本說明書之FXI多肽之「化學穩定性」一詞意 導致化學分解產物形成的蛋白質結構中之化學的共價This step, as well as other processed steps known in the art, may be performed separately or in combination if necessary, and the order of the performed steps is not important. Those skilled in the art can decide how and when to perform these steps. In a specific example of the present invention, a stabilizer capable of increasing the physical and / or chemical stability of the ρχι polypeptide is added to a part of the collection containing fxi. The "physical stability" of the FXI polypeptide used in the present specification The term means that the protein forms biologically inactive and / or insoluble aggregates or polymers due to exposure to temperature_mechanical pressure and / or interaction with destabilizing interfaces or surfaces such as hydrophobic surfaces and interfaces. The possible tendency. The physical stability of the FXI polypeptide present in buffer A can be utilized after exposing the formulations filled in the appropriate valleys | § to different temperatures at different times relative to each period of time. Visual inspection and / or turbidity measurement. Visual inspection of the FXI peptide in the buffer can be performed under a sharply focused light with a dark background. The degree of turbidity of the composition can be listed by visual score, such as a scale of 0 to 3 (a composition showing no turbidity is equivalent to a visual score of 0, and a composition under light Obvious visual turbidity is equivalent to visual scoring 3) When the composition is visible under light, it is classified as physically unstable due to protein aggregation. Alternatively, the turbidity of the composition can be measured by a simple method of turbidity known to those skilled in the art, for example, by measuring the optical density of the solution at a wavelength of 405 nm (0045). The physical stability of the aqueous protein composition can be evaluated using the spectroscopic analysis agent or probe of the eggshell structure. The probe is preferably a small molecule that preferentially binds to a non-natural conformation of the protein. An example of a small molecule spectroscopic probe for eggshell and sigma structure analysis is thioflavin T (Thiolavin). Thioflavin is a fluorescent dye that has been widely used to detect small fibers. When there are small fibers and perhaps other protein shell configurations, the combination of thioflavin and a small fibrin form results in a new maximum excited state at about 405 nm and an enhanced emission at about 482 nm. Unbound thioflavin is essentially non-fluorescent at this wavelength. , Bata Xiaoweizi can be used as a protein structure from natural to non-sky = ~ titanium needle. For example, the "hydrophobic block" probe preferentially breaks away from the hydrophobic block center of the protein. Hydrophobic blocks are generally buried in the tertiary structure of the natural state of protein 35 200529870, but when the protein begins to unravel or inactivate the code ‘Ai is exposed. The spectroscopic analysis probes for these small molecules are aromatic hydrophobic dyes such as anthracene, acridine, phenanthroline, or the like. Other spectroscopic analysis probes are metal-amino acid complexes, such as cobalt metal adducts of hydrophobic amino acids, such as benzyl alanine, leucine, isoleucine, sulfanilate, valine, Or similar. The term "chemical stability" of the FXI polypeptide used in this specification means chemical covalents in the structure of the protein that result in the formation of chemical decomposition products.

化,該分解產物與天然的蛋白質相比具有可能較低的生 有效性和/或可能增加的免疫原性質。各種化學分解產物 見天…、蛋白貝的型式和本性以及該蛋白質所暴露的環境 形成:減少化學分解作用不大可能完全避免,而化學分 產物里的;加則在貯存和使用蛋白質組成物的期間經常 二二同熟習本技藝者所詳知的。大多數蛋白質易於被 =一\’這是麵胺醯胺或天冬醯胺殘基被水解形成自由.This degradation product may have lower bioavailability and / or possibly increased immunogenic properties compared to the natural protein. A variety of chemical decomposition products see the sky ..., the type and nature of the protein shell, and the formation of the environment to which the protein is exposed: reducing chemical decomposition is unlikely to be completely avoided, but in chemical products; During this period, two or two people who are familiar with the art often know well. Most proteins are prone to be hydrolyzed to form free aminoamidine or asparagine residues.

物η過程。其他分解途徑涉及形成高分子量的轉型 ::::::或多於兩個蛋白質分子藉由轉醯胺化作用, Α —石瓜鍵的父互作用彼人 二聚f ^ /、扣、、Ό 5,導致形成共價結合# 定性》,Ahern 丁 J釦Μ . "蛋白貝西樂σσ的习物 η 时间。 Object n process. Other decomposition pathways involve the formation of high molecular weight transitions :::::: or more than two protein molecules through transammonification, the parent interaction of Α—shigua bonds, dimerization f ^ /, buckle ,, Ό 5, leading to the formation of a covalent bond # Qualitative ", Ahern D. J. M. " Probe of Besilox σσ

Ma:mng PressesMa: mng Presses

化學分解作用的另 A化(例如甲硫胺酸)可被提及做J 〜于刀野1卞用的另一種 ™多狀的化學穩定性://子在於緩衝液B,中時, 〜疋f生可猎者在各藉曰 物的含量來評估;例如分 測1化學分解羞 的形成經常會隨溫度的増 36 200529870 加而加速。每種個別分解產物的含量經常是視分子大小及/ 或電荷利用各種色層分析的技術(例如sec_hplc及/或 RP-HPLC)把分解產物分開來測定的。 存在於缓衝液B,能顯著增進FXi多肽之物理及/或化 學穩定性(例如ϋ由一段時間裡測量Ο%的混濁度)的任 何試劑均可以用作為穩定劑。 適用於作為穩定劑的試劑,例如一種鹽(例如氯化納)、 糖、醇(C^C:8醇)、醛醇、胺基酸(例如甘胺酸、組胺酸、 精胺酸、離胺酸、異白胺酸、天冬胺酸、色胺酸或蘇胺酸)、 聚乙二醇(例WEG400),或是一種或多於一種其混合物。 任何糖如單醣、雙醣、或多醣,或水溶性的聚醣均可使用。 醛醇是一種結構為HOCH2-[CH(OH)]n_CH2〇H的多醇,其 中η為I,2,3……等。糖、醇或醛醇物質的非限制性實例為 果糖、葡萄糖、甘露糖、山梨糖、木糖、麥芽糖、乳糖、 海澡糖、葡聚糖、支鏈澱粉、糊精、環糊精、可溶性澱粉、 經乙基澱粉、緩曱基纖維素_Na、甘露醇、山梨醇、肌醇、 半乳糖醇、衛茅醇、木糖醇、阿拉伯糖醇、甘油、丙〇 2 ,醇(丙:醇)、丙_u·二醇和丁“,3_二醇。以上提到的糖、 酉手和酸醇可以個別或組合使用。使用量並沒有固定的限 制,只要該物質可以溶解在該液體製備物中並且增進溶^ 中FXI夕肽的物理穩定性。在這方面,言青參考《雷明敦氏· 西藥科學與實務》,第19版,1995年。 在本發明的一項具體實例巾,添加該多 種或多於一種穩定劑。 的— 37 200529870 在本發明的一項具體實例中,添加選自包含甘油(丙-1,2,3-三醇)、丙二醇(丙-丨,2·二醇)、丙-丨,3_二醇、丙醇(卜 丙醇)和異丙醇(2-丙醇)之組群中的一種或多於一種穩定 劑。在本發明的一項具體實例中,添加選自包含甘油、丙 二醇和丙_1,3_二醇之組群中的一種或多於一種穩定劑。Another chemical reaction of chemical decomposition (such as methionine) can be mentioned as J ~ another kind of chemical stability for 刀 野 1 卞: // The solution is in buffer B, when it is in the middle, ~生 f can be evaluated by the hunter in each case; for example, the formation of the chemical decomposition of the sub-test 1 often accelerates with the temperature of 200536 200529870 plus. The content of each individual decomposition product is often determined by separating the decomposition products using various chromatographic techniques (such as sec_hplc and / or RP-HPLC) depending on the molecular size and / or charge. Any reagent present in buffer B that significantly improves the physical and / or chemical stability of the Fxi polypeptide (e.g., turbidity measured over a period of time of 0%) can be used as a stabilizer. Suitable reagents as stabilizers, such as a salt (such as sodium chloride), sugar, alcohol (C ^ C: 8 alcohol), aldol, amino acid (such as glycine, histamine, arginine, Lysine, isoleucine, aspartic acid, tryptophan or threonine), polyethylene glycol (eg WEG400), or one or more than one of them. Any sugar such as a monosaccharide, a disaccharide, or a polysaccharide, or a water-soluble polysaccharide can be used. Aldol is a polyol having a structure of HOCH2- [CH (OH)] n_CH2OH, where η is 1, 2, 3, etc. Non-limiting examples of sugar, alcohol or aldol substances are fructose, glucose, mannose, sorbose, xylose, maltose, lactose, sea sugar, dextran, amylopectin, dextrin, cyclodextrin, soluble Starch, transethyl starch, sodium mannitol_Na, mannitol, sorbitol, inositol, galactitol, eugenyl alcohol, xylitol, arabinitol, glycerol, propanol, alcohol (propyl: Alcohol), propylene glycol and butane ", 3-diol. The above-mentioned sugars, mandarin, and acid alcohols can be used individually or in combination. There is no fixed limit on the amount used, as long as the substance can be dissolved in the liquid The preparation also enhances the physical stability of FXI peptides in solution. In this regard, Yan Qing refers to "Remington's Western Medicine Science and Practice", 19th edition, 1995. In a specific example of the present invention -37 200529870 In a specific example of the present invention, the additive is selected from the group consisting of glycerin (propylene-1,2,3-triol), propylene glycol (propylene- 丨, 2 · diol), propane-, 3-diol, propanol (propanol) and isopropanol (2- One or more stabilizers in the group of propanol). In a specific example of the present invention, one or more selected from the group consisting of glycerin, propylene glycol, and propylene 1,3-diol In a stabilizer.

在本發明之進一步的具體實例中,當該穩定劑是液體 酉孚或液體多元醇[例如:甘油、丙二醇、丙-丨,%二醇、丙醇 或異丙醇]時,該穩定劑是以大約體積比(v/v)到大約 50%(ν/ν)的濃度存在。在另一項具體實例中,該液體醇或 液體多元醇型式之穩定劑是以大約10%(v/v)到大約 5 0 /〇(v/v)的/辰度存在。在另一項具體實例中,該液體醇或 液體多70醇型式之穩定劑是以大約1〇%(v/v)到大約 20/〇(ν/ν)的濃度存在。在另一項具體實例中,該液體醇或 液體多元醇型式之穩定劑是以大約1〇%(ν/ν)的濃度存在。In a further specific embodiment of the present invention, when the stabilizer is a liquid alcohol or a liquid polyol [for example, glycerin, propylene glycol, propylene-, diol, propanol, or isopropanol], the stabilizer is It is present at a concentration of approximately volume ratio (v / v) to approximately 50% (ν / ν). In another specific example, the liquid alcohol or liquid polyol type stabilizer is present at a degree of about 10% (v / v) to about 50 / 〇 (v / v). In another specific example, the liquid alcohol or liquid poly70 alcohol type stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 10% (v / v) to about 20 / 〇 (ν / ν). In another specific example, the liquid alcohol or liquid polyol type stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 10% (v / v).

在仍然還有一項具體實例中,該液體醇或液體多醇型式之 穩疋劑是以大約20%(ν/ν)的濃度存在。 所提到的穩定度如以上之說明應能增加FXI多肽之 理及/或化學的穩定性。任何能顯著增加多肽之物理 /或化學的穩定性(例如藉著在一段時間裡測量〇D他的 濁度來測定)的試劑均可用做為穩定劑。 付自步驟(Vll)的洗脫物可用於製備醫藥組成物。這 能會涉及改變緩衝液、及/或調整導電度及/或pH到生 值’及/或其他作用以使洗脫物在用於哺乳類動物如人類 用途上可被接受;使得此種洗脫物在這種方式的用途上 38 200529870 被接受的方法是本技藝中已為熟知的。該洗脫物亦可保存 在例如4QC經過24小時或更長的時間,或在例如-8〇〇c。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,該方法尚包含使得自階 段(vii)的洗脫物,或利用得自階段(vii)的洗脫物製備的液 體用羥基磷灰石色·層分析材質色層分析處理的步驟,該色 層分析術包括: (vii)將得自階段(vii)的洗脫物或利用得自階段(¥丨丨)的 洗脫物製備的液體施加到該經基磷灰石色層分析材質; (ix)把未結合的物質用緩衝液C從羥基鱗灰石色層分 析材質上沖洗下來,該缓衝液C適用於將不與經基麟灰石 色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫出來;並且 (x〇用緩衝液C’把該FXI多肽從羥基磷灰石色層分析 材質上洗脫下來,該緩衝液C ’適用於將能在步驟(ix)中與 經基麟灰石色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫出來。 利用得自步驟(vii)的洗脫物所製備的液體可在例如施 用之前製備。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,得自步驟(vii)的洗脫物 或利用得自階段(vi)的洗脫物製備的液體之導電性經過加 水調整使其小於大約20mS/cm。pH被調整至5.8到9。在 一項具體實例中,。pH被調整至6.0。 緩衝液C和緩衝液C,可以從所希望的最後之FXI多肽 醫藥組成物觀點著眼來做選擇。此種考量對於熟習本技藝 者而言是既知的。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,緩衝液C包含了 一種或 39 200529870 多於一種穩定劑,該穩定#j ^ 此m 以上說明增加fxi多狀的 物理及/或化學的穩定性。存在 m 户 衝液c中能顯著增進FXi 夕肽之物理及/或化學穩定性 (例如猎由一段時間裡測量 〇d4G5的混濁度)的任何試劑 、广0 了以用作為緩衝液c和緩衝 液C,中的穩定劑。 友衡 適詩作為緩㈣C巾的穩㈣之賴,例如一種鹽 (例如氣化納)、糖、醇(c ρ 含 ^ _ 4 8%)、醛醇、胺基酸(例如甘胺 -文、、,且胺酸、精胺酸、離胺酸、I A & # 胺酸或蘇胺酸)、聚乙-醇二㈣、天冬胺酸、色 )水乙一 %(例如PEG400),或是一種或多 於-種其混合物。任何糖如單畴、雙醣、或多畴,或水溶 性的葡聚_均可使用。撼缺斗、 / 生里址 Η使用糖、知或駿醇物質的非限制性實例 — 米椐木糖、麥牙糖、乳糖、 海藻糖、葡聚糖、支鏈殿粉、糊精、環糊精、可溶 性殿粉、經乙基澱粉、幾甲基纖維素物、甘露醇、山梨 醇、肌醇、半乳糖醇、衛茅醇、木糖醇、阿拉伯糖醇、甘 油、丙],2·二醇(丙二醇)、丙#二醇和丁^二醇。以 上k到的糖、醇和酸醇可以個別或組合使用。使用量並沒 有固定的限制’只要該物質可以溶解在該液體製備物中並 且增進溶液中™多肽的物理穩定性。在這方面,請矢考 《雷明敦氏1藥科學與實務》,第19版,1995年。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,緩衝液C包含一種或多 於一種該多元醇型式的穩定劑。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,緩衝液C包含NaC1。 將一種或多於-種選自包含甘油(丙-1,2,3-三醇)、丙 200529870 二醇(丙-1,2-二醇)、丙二醇、丙醇(1_丙醇)和異丙醇 丙醇)之組群的穩定劑添加到得自(χ)的液體中。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,係添加一種或多於一種 選自包含甘油、丙二醇和丙],3_二醇的穩定劑。在本發明 的一項具體實例中,係添加丙二醇。 在本發明的還有一項具體實例中,該穩定劑是以大約 5〇/。體積比(ν/ν)到大約50%(ν/ν)的濃度存在。在還有一項具 體實例令’該液體醇或液體多醇型式之穩定劑是以大: 到大約50%(ν/ν)的濃度存在。在還有一項具體實鲁 例中,該液體醇或液體多醇型叙敎劑是以大約跳㈣ 到大约20%(ν/ν)的濃度存在。在還有一項具體實例中,該 液體醇或液體多醇型式之穩定劑是以大約ϊ〇%(ν/ν)的濃度 存在。 叉 ^ y Μ上八上夕趿冼脫出:In still another specific example, the stabilizer of the liquid alcohol or liquid polyol type is present at a concentration of about 20% (v / v). The stability mentioned above should increase the physical and / or chemical stability of the FXI polypeptide. Any reagent that can significantly increase the physical and / or chemical stability of the polypeptide (e.g., by measuring the turbidity of OD over a period of time) can be used as a stabilizer. The eluate from step (V11) can be used for the preparation of a pharmaceutical composition. This can involve altering the buffer, and / or adjusting the conductivity and / or pH to the pH value and / or other effects to make the eluate acceptable for use in mammals such as humans; making such elution The use of objects in this way 38 200529870 The accepted methods are well known in the art. The eluate may also be stored at, for example, 4QC over a period of 24 hours or more, or at, for example, -800C. In a specific example of the present invention, the method further comprises making the eluate from the stage (vii) or the liquid prepared by using the eluate obtained from the stage (vii) a hydroxyapatite color layer analysis material The step of color layer analysis processing, the color layer analysis comprises: (vii) applying an eluate obtained from the phase (vii) or a liquid prepared using the eluate obtained from the phase (¥ 丨 丨) to the base Apatite chromatographic analysis material; (ix) Unbound substances are washed from the hydroxyapatite chromatographic analysis material with buffer C. This buffer C is suitable for the analysis of non-associated chroma The material bound to the material elutes; and (x) the FXI polypeptide is eluted from the hydroxyapatite chromatographic analysis material with a buffer solution C ', which is suitable for use in step (ix) The material bound to the chromatographic analysis material of the base lin limestone is eluted. The liquid prepared using the eluate obtained from step (vii) can be prepared, for example, before application. In a specific example of the present invention, the Elution from step (vii) or use of elution from phase (vi) The conductivity of the prepared liquid is adjusted to less than about 20 mS / cm by adding water. The pH is adjusted to 5.8 to 9. In a specific example, the pH is adjusted to 6.0. Buffer C and Buffer C can be changed from The desired final FXI polypeptide pharmaceutical composition is chosen based on the viewpoint. Such considerations are well known to those skilled in the art. In a specific example of the present invention, buffer C contains one or more than 39 200529870 In a stabilizing agent, the stability #j ^ This m above increases the physical and / or chemical stability of fxi polymorphism. Presence in the liquid C can significantly improve the physical and / or chemical stability of Fxi peptide (for example, Any reagent used to measure the turbidity of d4G5 over a period of time is used as a stabilizer in buffer solution C and buffer solution C. Youheng Shishi is the stable reliance of a gentle C towel, such as A salt (e.g. sodium carbonate), a sugar, an alcohol (c ρ contains ^ _48%), an aldol, an amino acid (e.g., glycine-vinyl, and amine, arginine, lysine, IA &# amino acid or threonine), polyethylene glycol, aspartic acid, aspartic acid Color) acetate aqueous one percent (e.g. PEG400), or in one or more - seed mixtures thereof. Any sugar such as a monodomain, disaccharide, or multidomain, or water-soluble dextran can be used. Non-limiting examples of the use of sugar, chitosan, or succinyl alcohol — rice flour xylose, maltose, lactose, trehalose, dextran, branched chain powder, dextrin, ring Dextrin, Soluble powder, Ethyl starch, Isomethylcellulose, Mannitol, Sorbitol, Inositol, Galactitol, Scopolitol, Xylitol, Arabitol, Glycerin, Propylene], 2 Glycol (propylene glycol), propylene glycol and butanediol. The above k to sugars, alcohols and acid alcohols can be used individually or in combination. There is no fixed limit on the amount used as long as the substance can be dissolved in the liquid preparation and the physical stability of the peptide in the solution is improved. In this regard, please refer to "Remington's 1 Pharmaceutical Science and Practice", 19th edition, 1995. In a specific embodiment of the invention, buffer C contains one or more than one stabilizer of the polyol type. In a specific example of the present invention, the buffer C contains NaC1. One or more than one selected from the group consisting of glycerin (propane-1,2,3-triol), propylene 200529870 glycol (propane-1,2-diol), propylene glycol, propanol (1-propanol), and A stabilizer of the group isopropyl alcohol propanol) was added to the liquid obtained from (χ). In a specific example of the present invention, one or more than one stabilizer selected from the group consisting of glycerol, propylene glycol and propylene], 3-diol is added. In a specific example of the present invention, propylene glycol is added. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the stabilizer is about 50%. A volume ratio (ν / ν) to about 50% (ν / ν) exists. In yet another specific example, the stabilizer of the liquid alcohol or liquid polyol type is present at a concentration of from: to about 50% (v / v). In yet another specific example, the liquid alcohol or liquid polyol type hafnium agent is present at a concentration of about 20% (v / v). In yet another specific example, the liquid alcohol or liquid polyol type stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 100% (v / v). Fork ^ M 上 八 上 夕 趿 冼 prolapsed:

、爰衝/夜C的組成在洗脫的過程中發生改變。典型上,— 之沖洗用緩衝液的—種或多於—種成分的濃度在务 液c的案例中於洗脫期間會增加或降低,或者將種新i 添加、到緩衝液中,這種成分的濃度會在洗脫的過程牛 加。這種增加或降低可能連續或是在分開的步驟中發生 :::技藝中所詳知的…將與羥基磷灰石色層分:材 。。的物貝洗脫下來,吾人慣常地添加鹽,例如Κ_ρ〇 =aa到緩衝液c並且增加鹽濃度直到至少包含結合之FThe composition of 爰, 爰 冲 / 夜 C changed during the elution. Typically, the concentration of one or more of the components in the washing buffer is increased or decreased during the elution in the case of the working solution c, or a new species i is added to the buffer. The concentration of ingredients will increase during the elution process. This increase or decrease may occur continuously or in separate steps ::: As is well known in the art ... will be separated from the hydroxyapatite color: material. . The eluted substance elutes, and we usually add salt, such as Κ_ρ〇 = aa to buffer c and increase the salt concentration until at least the bound F

=广份被洗脫下來。測定哪-個部分收。隼:物含 1夕狀以便將之匯集進行進—步處理,例如排除掉U 41 200529870 多肽洗脫過程開始或太 技藝者既知的。同= 不要的雜質是熟習本 樣的,關於進行羥基磷灰石色層分 的一般技藐,你丨石π站4· 斤何 ^ 預先平衡、洗脫時間、沖洗、將陽離子 父、色層分析材質重組等是已經詳知的。 、、在一系列的具體實例中,用於純化FXI的任何或所 浴液中的一種或多於-種穩定劑之用途會使得FXI的物理 或化學敎性增加至少超過對照組(亦即受同樣處理但 疋不含穩定劑的FXl)i物理及/或化學穩定性的至少1^/ 训、50%或】00%。在另一系列具體實例巾,用於純化咖 :任何或所有溶液中的_種❹於_種穩定劑之用途會使 付FXI的物理及/或化學穩定性增加至少超過對照組(亦即 受同樣處理但是不含穩定劑的FXI)之物理及/或化學穩定 性的至少兩倍、五倍、十倍或二十倍。 “ FXI的活化 野生型的人類FXI —般會被ArgMG和Ile37G之間的蛋 白質水解切割所活化,該活化作用會受FXIa、FXIIa或凝 _ 血酶催化。若需要,用於本發明之FXI的活化作用可以利 用FXIa或Fxna(均得自印第安納州South Bend市的 Enzyme Research Laboratories 公司)或凝血酶(Sigma 公 司出品)來達成。請參考Sun等人(1999年),《生物化學期 刊》,第 51 期:第 36373-36373 頁和 Beglia(2003),《生 物化學期刊》,第24期:第21744-21750頁。利用其他蛋 白質活化FXI多肽並且尤其是FXI相關的多肽也在本發明 42 200529870 的範轉當中。 本卷明/函盍使用具有不同的ρχι活化程度之製劑進行 FXI之西療丨生施用的方法和組成物。在某些具體實例中, 名方法和組成物採用尚未經過任何活化程序處理的F幻多 肽。在某些具體實例中,FXI或與FXI相關的多狀呈現被 活化的FXI或FXI相關多肽:酶原的比例(重量比)介於大 、勺丨·"到大約99:1,例如介於大約5:95到大約95:5 ;大 約10:90到大約9〇:10;大約2〇:8〇到大約8〇:2〇;大約3〇 7〇 大約70:30 ;大約40:6〇到大約6〇:4〇和大約5〇:5〇。在某 些具體實例中,該製劑包含的FXIa不超過總FXI之以莫 耳為基礎的大約5%,更好是不超過大約2·5%,甚至更好 疋不超過大約1%,最好是不超過大约0.5%或0.1%。在某 些具體實例巾,該製劑包含不超過以莫耳為基礎的大約 〇·〇1-〇·05%的FXIa。在某些具體實例中,該製劑包含不超 過以莫耳為基礎的大約〇·〇1·〇 〇3%的FXIa。 本發明亦關於相對於野生型FXI多肽展現獨特的被活 化能力之FXI相關多肽,例如用Fxna要比用凝血酶更容 易使其活化的FXI相關多肽,反之亦然;甚至在沒有蛋白 質水解切割狀況下被組成性的活化的多肽;其中有一個單 體無法被蛋白質水解活化的雜二聚體(因為突變或化學修飾 的緣故);以及類似者。 而且本發明還關於能抵抗自活化作用的FXI相關多 肽’亦即被凝血酶(及/或FXIIa)活化的速率相對於被FXla 活化的速率之間的比例要高於野生型FXI的變異體。 43 200529870 本發明的方法和組成物亦可採用處理1 或與其他能抑制及/或促進活化 、τ子 。如座丨^ ^ ^ 用的忒劑合併施用FXI多 制KCH b)肖之用劑的非限制性實例包括C1酯酶抑 關⑶nb)…2抗血纖維蛋白溶酶u2AP)、α1•抗胰 蛋白酶(αΙΑΤ)、蛋白酶連接蛋白π、 凝血酶III;能促進活化作用之 ’、、和抗 腿、FXIIa和凝血酶。K 一❹制性實例包括 包含FXI的醫藥調配物: 本發明涵蓋包含用於傾卩大θ /斗、 用%預防及/或治療之FXI多肽或鱼 FXI相關多肽製劑的醫藥組成物。 ” 根據本發明之調配物的醫藥組成物包括fxi多狀,例 如濃度介於0·_]〇〇毫克/毫升者,其較好是溶解在醫藥 上可接受的載劑中,較好是水溶液的載劑或稀釋劑。簡言 之,適用於根據本發明用途的醫藥組成物是將包含較好是 經過純化形式之FXI和/或FXI相關多肽的製劑與適當: 佐劑和適當的載劑或稀釋劑混合。許多水溶液載劑可以被 使用,如水、經緩衝的水、〇 4%的鹽液、〇·3%甘胺酸、糖、 清潔劑、鹽、緩衝劑、甘油、保存劑、蛋白酶抑制劑、二 醇類,及類似者。本發明的製劑亦可以利用非水溶液的载 劑來調配、例如以凝膠的形式或做成微脂粒製劑以遞送或 目標導向受傷的部位。微脂粒製劑一般而言說明在例如美 國專利案第4,837,028號、第4,501,728號和第4,975,282 號。該組成物可以藉由傳統的已經詳知的消毒技術予以消 44 200529870 菌的條件下過濾 劑與經消毒的水 毒。所得到的水溶液可以包裝使用或在無 和冷;東乾燥,而在施用前將冷凍乾燥的_ 溶液合併在一起。 該組成物可包含醫藥上可接受的辅助物質或佐劑,包 括但不限於調整pH和緩衝的用劑、滲度調節劑、保存叫、 穩定劑、界面活性劑、螯合劑及類似者。熟習本技藝;能 用正確的方式,並且根據被接受的實際操作,例如用«雷= Wide portions are eluted. Determine which part to close.隼: The substance contains 1 day to collect it for further processing, such as excluding U 41 200529870 the beginning of the peptide elution process or too well known to the skilled person. Same = Unnecessary impurities are familiar with this. About the general technique of hydroxyapatite color separation, you 丨 π station 4 · Jin He ^ pre-equilibration, elution time, rinse, cation parent, color layer Analysis of material reorganization, etc. is well known. In a series of specific examples, the use of any or more than one stabilizer in the purification of any or bath of FXI will increase the physical or chemical properties of FXI by at least more than the control group (that is, affected by Physically and / or chemically stable, at least 1%, 50%, or 100% of the FXl) i, which is also treated but does not contain stabilizers. In another series of specific examples, it is used for purifying coffee: the use of _ kinds of _ kinds of stabilizers in any or all solutions will increase the physical and / or chemical stability of FXI at least more than the control group (ie, subject to The physical and / or chemical stability of FXI), which is also treated without stabilizers, is at least twice, five times, ten times, or twenty times. "FXI activation Wild-type human FXI is generally activated by proteolytic cleavage between ArgMG and Ile37G, and this activation is catalyzed by FXIa, FXIIa, or thrombin. If necessary, the FXI used in the present invention Activation can be achieved using FXIa or Fxna (both from Enzyme Research Laboratories, South Bend, Indiana) or thrombin (produced by Sigma). Please refer to Sun et al. (1999), Journal of Biochemistry, No. Issue 51: pages 36373-36373 and Beglia (2003), Journal of Biochemistry, Issue 24: pages 21744-21750. The use of other proteins to activate FXI polypeptides and especially FXI-related polypeptides is also described in the present invention 42 200529870. The method and composition of this volume of Ming / Han are used for the western therapy of FXI using preparations with different degrees of ρχι activation. In some specific examples, the method and composition have not been activated Programmable F magic polypeptide. In some specific examples, FXI or FXI-related polymorphisms present activated FXI or FXI-related polypeptide: ratio of zymogen ( Amount ratio) is between about 99: 1, such as between about 5:95 to about 95: 5; about 10:90 to about 90:10; about 20:80 to about 80:20; approximately 3070; approximately 70:30; approximately 40:60 to approximately 60:40; and approximately 50:50. In some specific examples, the formulation contains no more than FXIa The total FXI is about 5% on a Mohr basis, preferably no more than about 2.5%, even more preferably no more than about 1%, and most preferably no more than about 0.5% or 0.1%. In some specific cases, Example towels, the formulation contains no more than about 0.001-1.05% of FXIa on a mole basis. In some specific examples, the formulation contains no more than about 0.001 on a mole basis · 〇03% of FXIa. The present invention also relates to FXI-related polypeptides that exhibit a unique ability to be activated relative to wild-type FXI polypeptides, such as FXI-related polypeptides that are more easily activated with Fxna than with thrombin, and vice versa ; A polypeptide that is constitutively activated without proteolytic cleavage; a heterodimer in which one of the monomers cannot be activated by proteolysis (because Mutations or chemical modifications); and the like. Moreover, the present invention also relates to FXI-related polypeptides that are resistant to self-activation, that is, the rate of activation by thrombin (and / or FXIIa) relative to the rate of activation by FXla The ratio is higher than that of wild-type FXI variants. 43 200529870 The method and composition of the present invention can also be treated with treatment 1 or with other inhibitors that can inhibit and / or promote activation. For example, ^ ^ ^ is used in combination with FXI to produce KCH. B) Non-limiting examples of agents include C1 esterase inhibition (CDnb) ... 2 anti-plasmin u2AP), α1 • anti-pancreas Protease (αΙΑΤ), protease connexin π, thrombin III; can promote activation, and anti-leg, FXIIa and thrombin. Prescriptive examples of K include pharmaceutical formulations containing FXI: The present invention encompasses pharmaceutical compositions comprising FXI polypeptides or fish FXI-related polypeptide formulations for pouring large θ / dose, with prevention and / or treatment. The pharmaceutical composition of the formulation according to the present invention includes multiple forms of fxi, such as those having a concentration of 0 · _] 00 mg / ml, which is preferably dissolved in a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier, preferably an aqueous solution In short, a pharmaceutical composition suitable for use in accordance with the present invention is a formulation comprising, preferably in purified form, FXI and / or FXI-related polypeptides with an appropriate: an adjuvant and an appropriate carrier Or diluents. Many aqueous carriers can be used, such as water, buffered water, 0.4% saline, 0.3% glycine, sugar, detergents, salts, buffers, glycerol, preservatives, Protease inhibitors, glycols, and the like. The formulations of the present invention can also be formulated using non-aqueous carriers, such as in the form of gels or microlipid formulations for delivery or targeting the injured site. Micro Lipid formulations are generally described in, for example, U.S. Patent Nos. 4,837,028, 4,501,728, and 4,975,282. The composition can be eliminated by conventional, well-known disinfection techniques. 44 200529870 Sterilized water toxicity. The resulting aqueous solution can be packaged for use or dried without drying, and the freeze-dried solution is combined before application. The composition may contain pharmaceutically acceptable auxiliary substances or adjuvants. Agents, including but not limited to pH adjusting and buffering agents, permeability regulators, preservation agents, stabilizers, surfactants, chelating agents, and the like. Familiar with the art; can use the correct method, and according to the accepted Hands-on, such as with «Ray

明:氏醫藥科學》’ Gennaro編著,⑽出版公司,: 於賓州的Easton市(1990车、所艉+ 4 士、丄 η外+)所揭不之方法調配本發明的組 成物。 在本發明的一項具體實例中’包含Fxi或fxi相關多 肽製劑的醫樂組成物尚包含pH f周節劑和緩衝劑。在本發 明的一項具體實例中,包合 一 G 3 FXI或FXI相關多肽製劑的醫 樂組成物尚包含渗度調節劑。在本發明的一項具體實例Ming: "Medical Science" edited by "Gennaro", ⑽publishing company ,: The method disclosed in Easton, Pennsylvania (1990 car, 艉 + 4 丄, 丄 外 outside +) to deploy the composition of the present invention. In a specific example of the present invention ', the medical music composition comprising the Fxi or fxi-related peptide preparation further comprises a pH f weekly agent and a buffer. In a specific example of the invention, the medical composition comprising a G 3 FXI or FXI-related polypeptide preparation further comprises a permeability modifier. In a specific example of the invention

中,包含FXI或FXI相關多肽製劑的醫藥組成物尚包含一 種保存劑。在本發明的—項具體實例中,包含FXI或FXI 相關多肽製劑的醫藥M成物尚包含—種敎劑。在本發明 ,員“虹只例中’包含FXI或FXI相關多肽製劑的醫藥 成物尚包含—種界面活性劑。在本發明的-項具體實例 匕3 FXI或FXI相關多肽製劑的醫藥組成物尚包含一 種螯合劑。 ^田、、友衝』的非限制性實例包括乙酸鹽緩衝劑、碳酸 =㈣、檸檬酸鹽緩衝劑、甘胺醯基甘胺酸緩衝劑、組 h、友U、甘月女酸緩衝劑、離胺酸缓衝劑、精胺酸緩衝 45 200529870 劑、填酸鹽緩衝劑(包括例如攝酸二氫鈉、填酸氫鈉或構酸 鈉)、TRIS [參(羥甲基)胺基曱烷]緩衝劑、屮二(經乙基)甘 胺酸(bicine)緩衝劑、麥黃酮(tricine)緩衝劑、蘋果酸鹽緩 衝劑、琥站酸鹽緩衝劑、順丁烯二酸鹽緩衝劑、胡延索酸 鹽緩衝劑、酒石酸鹽緩衝劑、天冬胺酸鹽緩衝劑,及其混 合物。 醫藥上可接文之保存劑的非限制性實例包括酚、鄰-曱 氧基甲酚、間_甲氧基甲酚、對-甲氧基甲酚、氯甲氧基曱 酚、對-羥基苯甲酸丁酯、2-苯氧基乙醇、苯基乙醇、苯 曱醇、氯丁醇、乙基汞硫代水揚酸鈉、2_溴_2_硝基_丙_1弘 二醇、苯曱酸、亞胺基尿素、氯己啶、去氫乙酸鈉、苯索 氣銨、chlorphenesine (3-對氯苯氧基丙烷_丨,2·二醇)、苄脒 及其混合物。在本發明的還有一項具體實例中,該保存劑 以0.1毫克/毫升到20毫克/毫升的濃度存在。在本發明= 還有/項具體實例中,該保存劑以〇·丨毫克/毫升到5毫克/ 毫升的濃度存在。在本發明的還有一項具體實例中,該保 存劑以5毫克/毫升到10毫克/毫升的濃度存在。在本發明 的還有一項具體實例中,該保存劑以10毫克/毫升到2〇X毫 克/毫升的濃度存在。組成物中保存劑的用途對於熟習本= 藝者是詳知的(請參考例如《雷明敦氏··醫藥科學與實務技 第19版,1995年)。 滲度調節劑(通常併入以使調配物基本 崎寺張)的非 限制性實例包括鹽(例如氣化鈉)、糖、醇類(如c ◦, 醛醇、胺基酸(例如甘胺酸、組胺酸、精胺酸、,) 两库如酸、異 46 200529870 丙胺酸、天冬胺酸、色胺酸或蘇 PEG400)及其混合物。 一%(例如 、 观任订糖如早醣、雙醣或多 洛性的葡聚_均可使用 或水 如……, 酵或醛醇物質的非限制性實 例為果糖、葡萄糖、甘露糖 f貫 S格-^ 山米糖木糖、麥芽糖、乳 糖庶糖、海澡糖、葡聚糖、支_粉、 可溶…1乙基殿粉、m甲基纖維素*、:=: 山梨酵、肌酵、半乳糖醇、衛 备 甘油―醇(丙二醇二, :上提到的糖、醇㈣醇可以個別或組合使用。使用量子並 久有固定的限制,只要該物質 ^ 貝J M /奋解在戎液體製劑中。 在一項具體實例中,該渗度調節心大約丨毫克/ 到大約!5〇毫克/毫升的濃度存在。在本發明的還有一項且 ^實例中,該渗度調節劑以大約1毫克/毫升到大約5〇、毫 克/毫升的濃度存在,該滲度調節劑是_。在一項且體 實财,該渗度調節劑是助以大約ι毫克/毫升到^約 150宅克/宅升的濃度存在。在本發明的還有—項具體實例 中,該渗度調節劑是NaC1以大約i毫克/毫升到大約5〇毫 克/毫升的濃度存在。 螯合劑的非限制性實例包括EDTAm寧㈣和天冬胺 酸的鹽及其混合物。在某些具體實例中,整合劑以大約01 毫克/毫升到大約5毫克/毫升;0」毫克/毫升到大約2毫 克/毫升;或大約2毫克/毫升到大約5毫克/毫升的濃度存 在。 本發明的醫藥組成物可以包含—種多肽做為醫療成 47 200529870 力,该多肽可能在貯存在液體醫藥組成物的期間展現集結 物之形成。「隹& & > , .^ /、、、、°物之形成」一詞意圖指出多肽分子之間In the pharmaceutical composition containing FXI or FXI-related polypeptide preparation, a preservative is further included. In a specific example of the present invention, the medicinal product M containing the FXI or FXI-related polypeptide preparation further includes a tincture. In the present invention, the pharmaceutical product containing "FXI or FXI-related polypeptide preparations" in the case of "Honghong" also contains a surfactant. In the specific example of the present invention, the pharmaceutical composition of FXI or FXI-related polypeptide preparations is as follows: A non-limiting example of a chelating agent is also included. Acetate buffer, carbonic acid hydrazone, citrate buffer, glycine methylglycine buffer, group h, U, Glycolic acid buffer, lysine buffer, arginine buffer 45 200529870 agent, salt filling buffer (including, for example, sodium dihydrogenate, sodium hydrogenate or sodium acrylate), TRIS [see ( Hydroxymethyl) aminopane] buffer, bis (transethyl) glycine buffer, tricine buffer, malate buffer, succinate buffer, cis Non-limiting examples of medically acceptable preservatives include phenol, o-butyrate, o-fumarate, tartrate, aspartate, and mixtures thereof. -Methoxycresol, m-methoxycresol, p-methoxycresol, chloromethoxy Phenol, butyl p-hydroxybenzoate, 2-phenoxyethanol, phenylethanol, phenethyl alcohol, chlorobutanol, ethyl mercuric sodium thiosalicylate, 2_bromo_2_nitro_propane_ 1 Glycol, phenylarsinic acid, iminourea, chlorhexidine, sodium dehydroacetate, benzoxamine, chlorphenesine (3-p-chlorophenoxypropane, 2 · diol), benzamidine and its Mixture. In yet another specific example of the present invention, the preservative is present at a concentration of 0.1 mg / ml to 20 mg / ml. In the present invention = and / specific examples, the preservative is present at a concentration of 0.1 mg It exists in a concentration of 5 mg / ml to 5 mg / ml. In another specific example of the present invention, the preservative is present in a concentration of 5 mg / ml to 10 mg / ml. In another specific example of the present invention, The preservative is present at a concentration of 10 mg / ml to 20X mg / ml. The use of the preservative in the composition is well known to the cookbook (artist) (please refer to, for example, "Remington's · Medical Sciences and Practical Skills, 19th edition, 1995. Non-permeability regulators (usually incorporated to make the formulation basically Saki Terajima) Restrictive examples include salts (such as sodium gas), sugars, alcohols (such as c ◦, aldol, amino acids (such as glycine, histidine, arginine, etc.) two libraries such as acid, iso46 200529870 Alanine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, or threo PEG400) and mixtures thereof. One% (for example, guanidine, such as early sugar, disaccharide, or doxopolyglucose can be used or water such as ... …, Non-limiting examples of fermenting or aldol substances are fructose, glucose, mannose, f-S-cellulose, xylose, maltose, lactulose, bath sugar, dextran, branch powder, soluble … 1 ethyl acetate, m-methylcellulose *,: =: sorbase, muscle fermentation, galactitol, glycerol-alcohol (propylene glycol di: sugars and alcohols mentioned above can be used individually or in combination use. The use of quantum has long been a fixed limit, as long as the substance is J M / Fenjie in Rong liquid preparations. In a specific example, the permeability adjusts the heart to about 丨 mg / to about! A concentration of 50 mg / ml is present. In still another aspect of the present invention, the permeability adjusting agent is present at a concentration of about 1 mg / ml to about 50, mg / ml, and the permeability adjusting agent is _. In one aspect, the permeability adjusting agent is present at a concentration of about 1 mg / ml to about 150 g / litre. In yet another embodiment of the present invention, the permeability modifier is NaC1 present at a concentration of about 1 mg / ml to about 50 mg / ml. Non-limiting examples of chelating agents include salts of EDTAmidine and aspartic acid and mixtures thereof. In certain embodiments, the integrator is present at a concentration of about 01 mg / ml to about 5 mg / ml; 0 "mg / ml to about 2 mg / ml; or about 2 mg / ml to about 5 mg / ml. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention may contain a polypeptide as a medical agent. The polypeptide may exhibit the formation of aggregates during storage in a liquid pharmaceutical composition. The term `` 隹 & & >,. ^ / ,,,, ° ''

的物理交互作用,1 ^ /iU “作用可能造成保持可溶狀態之寡聚 物的形成,$ # & 4* 1 「 〜 ^ 勺可見之集結物從溶液中沉澱出來。 在貝丁存期間」_詞係指液體的醫藥組成物或調配物,其 一經製備並不立即施用 P她用於對象身上。而是在製備之豆 τ 4、或在稍後重組成液體形式或其 他適用於施用對象的乾烨 ^ ^ 式予以包裝貯存。「乾燥型式」 一詞係指經過冷凌齡、麼、、么 .. /、法予以軋餘〔意即冷凍乾燥術,請 I考例如 Williams 和 P lli ^ (1984年),《非經腸的科學盥 支術期刊》,第38期:…頁〕、喷灑乾燥〔請參;Physical interaction, 1 ^ / iU "The effect may cause the formation of oligomers that remain soluble, $ # & 4 * 1" ~ ^ Spoon visible aggregates precipitate out of solution. During the storage of betin The word "_" refers to a liquid pharmaceutical composition or formulation that is not immediately administered to a subject once prepared. Instead, the beans τ 4 are prepared, or later reconstituted into a liquid form, or other dried ^ ^ form suitable for the application subject is packaged and stored. The term "dry type" refers to the after-chilling age,…,…, which are left over (meaning freeze-drying, please refer to, for example, Williams and P lli ^ (1984), Journal of Scientific Toiletry, Issue 38:… page], spray drying [please refer;

=1 rast⑽(1991年),《錢乾燥手冊》’(第5版,L°ngman 科技出版公司,位和V 1 AA 位於央國的Essex市):第491-676頁;= 1 rast⑽ (1991), The Handbook of Money Drying '(5th edition, L ° ngman Technology Publishing Company, Weihe, and V 1 AA in Essex, Yangon): pages 491-676;

Broadhead 等人 π 9Q? i \ 7/ ^ # 年)’《樂物研發工業醫藥期刊》, 第 18 期:1169-1206 百·丨v » a, ’及 Mmnenthaler 等人(1 994 年), 《醫藥研究》,第u期·箆 示 』.弟12_2〇頁〕或藉由風乾法 卿咖和心叫1988年),(低溫生物Η 1乃 4\弟4外470頁;以及R〇Se_l年),《生藥學》,第 4期:第47-53頁〕的液舻般M 4 , ^ 夜體酉樂組成物或調配物。在液體 醫藥組成物的貯存期間多肽隼 夕趴果…物的形成可能逆向的影響 该夕肽的生物活性,造成嫛蘂έ日士仏 成西条組成物的醫療效果減損。而 且’集結物的形成可能引起苴他 A 八 &他的問題,如利用輸液系統 她用㈣多肽之醫藥組成物時,使導管、薄膜或幫浦阻滞。 在本發明的一項具體實例中,該醫藥組成物包含一種 48 200529870 胺基@文驗丨里足以減低該組成物貯存期㈣纟 成。「胺基酸驗」意指—種胺基酸或胺基酸的組合,直中 任何給定的胺基酸以其自由驗的形式或其鹽的形式存在。 當使用胺基酸之組合時,所有胺基酸可以其自由驗的形式 存在、全部以其鹽的形式存在、或者某些以其自由驗而其 他以其鹽的形式存在。在一項具體實例中,用以製備本發 明之組成物的胺基酸是那些攜有電荷側鍵者,如精胺酸、 離胺酸、天冬胺酸和麵胺酸。—種特殊胺基酸(例如:甘胺 酸、曱硫胺酸、組胺酸、精胺酸、離胺酸、$丙胺酸、天 冬胺酸、色胺酸、蘇胺酸或其一種或多於一種的混合物)的 立體異構物或這些立體異構物的組合可以存在於本發明的 醫藥組成物中’只要該特殊胺基酸能以其自由驗的形式或 其鹽的形式存在。在一項具體實例中使用l_立體異構物。 本發明的組成物亦可用這些胺基酸的類似物來調配。「胺 土鷇頦似物」一岡意指天然的胺基酸衍生物,其在本發明 之液體醫藥組成物貯存期間具有減低多肽集結物形成之吾 ^ t望的效果。適當的精胺酸類似物包括例如胺基胍、鳥 月女S义和N-單乙基l-精胺酸,適當的甲硫胺酸類似物包括 乙基&胺酸、丁基硫胺酸,而適當的半胱胺酸類似物則包 ^ S_甲基-L-半胱胺酸。如同使用其他胺基酸,該胺基酸 類似物係以其自由驗形式或其鹽形式併入該組成物中。咪 坐化合物也被認為是一種符合本發明的胺基酸類似物。典 型上,該胺基酸與胺基酸類似物係用足以預防或延缓蛋白 質集結的濃度使用。 49 200529870 在:項具體實例中’當因子ΧΙ多肽是一種包含至少 们易又此種乳化作用的甲硫胺酸殘基時,該醫藥調配物 包含曱硫胺酸(或另—種含有硫的胺基酸或胺基酸類似物) 以抑制:硫胺酸殘基氧化成其亞楓的形式。「抑制氧化作 用」一 §司意指使(甲硫胺酸之)隨時間增加之被氧化物種的 積聚減到最小。曱石畜月衾祕条儿从 月女I乳化作用之抑制會使多肽在並正 確分子型式的留滯時間較長。任何甲硫胺酸的立體異構物 (L D或DL異構物)或其組合均可被使用。添加 以抑制甲硫胺酸之氧化作用,w马足 乳化作用,以使甲硫胺酸的亞碾形式 管理局處所接受的量。典m意味著該組成物包含: 超過大約1〇%到大約30%的甲硫胺酸亞楓形式。這_般可 以藉由添加某量的甲硫胺酸來達成,該添加量使所添加之 甲硫胺酸相對於甲硫胺酸殘基的比例範圍從大& 1:1到大 約 1000:1 ’ 如 10:1 到大約 1〇〇:1。 穩定劑的非限制性實例包括高分子量的聚合物或低分 子里的化合物’例如聚乙二醇(例如PEG3350)、聚乙烯 (PVA)、聚乙烯毗洛院嗣、叛基-/經基纖維素及其衍生物(包 括 HPC、HPC-SL、JJPC1 τ 4 Tj ή λ >r 〇 C-L和HPMC)、環糊精,含硫的物Broadhead et al. Π 9Q? I \ 7 / ^ # years) '"Journal of R & D Industry and Medicine", 18: 1169-1206 Bai · 丨 v »a,' and Mmnenthaler et al. (1 994)," Journal of Medical Research, No. u · Yi Shi .. Brother 12_2〇] or by air-drying Fa Qingca and Xin Jiao 1988), (Cryogenic Biology 1 1 4 4 Brother 470 pages; and RoSe_l year ), "Biopharmaceuticals", No. 4: pp. 47-53], the liquid-like M 4, ^ Yetiyue music composition or preparation. During the storage of the liquid pharmaceutical composition, the formation of the peptide may affect the biological activity of the peptide, which may adversely affect the biological activity of the peptide, resulting in a decrease in the medical effect of the composition of Saijo. In addition, the formation of aggregates may cause problems such as the use of an infusion system to block the catheter, film, or pump when using a pharmaceutical composition of the peptide. In a specific example of the present invention, the medicinal composition contains a 48 200529870 amine group @ 文 验 丨 li enough to reduce the shelf life of the composition. "Amino acid test" means an amino acid or a combination of amino acids, in which any given amino acid exists in its free test form or in its salt form. When a combination of amino acids is used, all amino acids may be present in their free form, all in the form of their salts, or some in their free form and others in the form of their salts. In a specific example, the amino acids used to prepare the composition of the present invention are those having a charged side bond, such as arginine, lysine, aspartic acid, and glutamic acid. -A special type of amino acid (for example: glycine, sulfanilic acid, histidine, arginine, lysine, alanine, aspartic acid, tryptophan, threonine or one or More than one mixture) of stereoisomers or a combination of these stereoisomers may be present in the pharmaceutical composition of the present invention 'provided that the particular amino acid can exist in its freely identifiable form or in its salt form. In a specific example, the l-stereoisomer is used. The composition of the present invention can also be formulated with these amino acid analogs. "Amine terrestrial analog" Ioka means a natural amino acid derivative which has the effect of reducing the formation of peptide aggregates during storage of the liquid pharmaceutical composition of the present invention. Suitable arginine analogs include, for example, aminoguanidine, ornithine, and N-monoethyl l-spermine, and suitable methionine analogs include ethyl & amine, butyl thiamine Acid, and suitable cysteine analogs include S-methyl-L-cysteine. As with other amino acids, the amino acid analog is incorporated into the composition in its free form or in its salt form. A microphone compound is also considered to be an amino acid analog in accordance with the present invention. Typically, the amino acids and amino acid analogs are used at a concentration sufficient to prevent or delay protein buildup. 49 200529870 In the specific example: When the factor X1 polypeptide is a methionine residue that contains at least this kind of emulsification, the pharmaceutical formulation contains sulfanilide (or another sulfide-containing Amino acids or amino acid analogs) In order to inhibit: oxidation of thiamin residues to their form of maple. "Inhibition of oxidation"-§ means to minimize the accumulation of oxide species (of methionine) over time. Inhibition of the emulsification effect of Sekisho Izuki Secrets from Moon Girl I will cause the peptide to stay longer in the correct molecular form. Any stereoisomer of methionine (L D or DL isomer) or a combination thereof can be used. Added to inhibit the oxidative effect of methionine, and to emulsify it so that the sub-milled form of methionine is acceptable to the Authority. Code m means that the composition contains: more than about 10% to about 30% of the thiomethionine form. This can generally be achieved by adding a certain amount of methionine, which makes the ratio of the added methionine to the methionine residue range from large & 1: 1 to about 1000: 1 'such as 10: 1 to about 100: 1. Non-limiting examples of stabilizers include high molecular weight polymers or low molecular weight compounds such as polyethylene glycol (e.g., PEG3350), polyethylene (PVA), polyethylene viloxain, tether- / warp-based fibers And its derivatives (including HPC, HPC-SL, JJPC1 τ 4 Tj λ λ > r 〇CL and HPMC), cyclodextrin, sulfur-containing substances

質如單硫代甘油、硫代鉍I 爪代搜基乙酸和f基硫代乙醇,各 鹽類(例如氯化納)、甘油、丙二醇、丙-u-二醇、丙醇(1· 丙醇)和異丙醇(2-丙醇)。 界面活性劑的分限制性實例包括清潔劑、乙氧基化的 健麻油、聚羥基乙酸化的甘油酿、乙醯化的單甘油龍、山 梨聚糖脂肪酸酯、聚丙烯-聚氧乙烯嵌段聚合物(例如聚氧 50 200529870 乙稀聚氯丙稀共聚物如Pluronic@F68、聚氧乙烯聚氯丙稀 共聚物188和407、TritonX-100),聚氧乙烯山梨聚糖脂肪 酸酯,聚氧乙稀和聚乙烯衍生物如烷基化和烷氧基化的衍 生物(「Tweens」,例如了ween-2〇、Tween-40、Tween-80 和Bnj-3 5) ’單酸甘油酯和和其乙氧基化的衍生物、二酸 甘油S曰和其聚氧乙稀衍生物、醇類、甘油、外源凝固素和 磷脂類(例如:磷脂醯基絲胺酸、磷脂醯基膽素、磷脂醯基 乙醇胺、磷脂醯基肌醇、二磷脂醯基甘油和神經鞘磷脂)、 石粦脂類的衍生物(例如二棕櫚醯基磷脂酸)和溶解磷脂類(例鲁 如掠櫚醯基溶解鄰脂醯基絲胺酸和乙醇胺、膽素、絲胺 酸或蘇胺酸的1-醯基_sn-甘油-3—填酸酯)以及溶解填脂酿基 和磷脂醯基膽素的烷基-、烷氧基烷基酯)和烷氧基_•(烷基 _)衍生物’以及修飾極性的首端基團,亦即膽素、乙醇胺、 碟月曰酸、絲胺酸、蘇胺酸、甘油、肌醇和帶正電荷的DQDAC、 DOTMA、DCP、BISHOP、溶解填脂醯基絲胺酸和溶解石粦 脂醯基蘇胺酸以及甘油磷脂類(例如腦磷脂)、甘油醣脂類 (例如吡喃半乳糖苷)、神經鞘醣脂類(例如神經醯胺、神經 鲁 節苷脂)、十二烷基磷酸膽素、雞蛋的溶解卵磷脂、梭鏈孢 酸的衍生物(例如牛續二氫梭鏈孢酸納等)、長鏈的脂肪酸 [例如C6-C12脂肪酸(如油酸或辛酸)]及其鹽類、醯基肉鹼 及其衍生物,離胺酸、精胺酸和組胺酸的Ν α -醯基化衍生 物、離胺酸和精胺酸的側鏈-醯基化衍生物、二肽類的Ν α -醯基化衍生物一其包含離胺酸、精胺酸和組胺酸與一個中 性的或酸性的胺基酸之任何組合、三肽類的Ν α -醯基化衍 51 200529870 生物一其包含一個中性胺基酸與兩個帶電荷的胺基酸之任 何組合、DSS(多庫酯鈉,CAS註冊號碼[577-1 1-7]、多庫 酯妈’ CAS註冊號碼[128-49-4]、多庫酯鉀,CAS註冊號 碼[749 1 -09-0]、SDS(十二烧基硫酸納)、辛酸鈉、膽酸及其 衍生物’膽汁酸類及其衍生物,和甘胺酸或牛磺酸的連接 物、熊果去氧膽酸、單酸鹽、牛磺膽酸鹽、甘胺膽酸鈉。 N -十/、基-N,N-二甲基-3-銨-1-丙續酸、陰離子的(烧基_芳 基-一甲基錢_ 1 -丙確酸鹽)單價界面活性劑、兩性離子界面 活性劑(例如N-烷基-N,N-二甲基銨-1-丙磺酸鹽、3_氯醯胺 基-1 -丙基二甲基銨基_丨_丙磺酸、陽離子的界面活性劑(四 級的銨鹼例如溴化鯨蠟基三甲銨、氯化鯨蠟基毗錠)、非 離子性的界面活性劑(例如十二基_々_D_毗喃葡萄糖苷), 和聚氧乙烯聚氯丙烯共聚物之乙二胺衍生物(例如 Tetronic’s),亦即得自連續將環氧丙烯和環氧乙烯添加到 乙二胺之四個官能基組塊的共聚物;或是選自咪挫咐衍生 物之組群的界面活性劑,或其混合物。在一項具體實例中, 該醫藥組成物包含有濃度為大約0·01毫克/毫升到大約 毫克/毫升的界面活性劑。在一項具體實例中,該醫藥調配 物包含TW⑽-80。在一項具體實例中,該醫藥調配物包含 聚氧乙烯聚氯丙烯共聚物1 88。 在一項具體實例中 該醫藥調配物包含— 種電解質 在一項具體實例中,該醫藥調配物包含一種電解質, NaC卜在/項具體實例中,該醫藥調配物包含一種電解質 如 如 KC1 〇 52 200529870 在項具體貫例中,當採用Tween 80做為穩定劑時, 採用一種電解質如NaCI,並以如丨5〇mM的的濃度。在一 項具體實例中,避免貯存後的集結作用。 在一系列具體實例中,用於包含FXI或FXI相關多肽 製劑中的醫藥調配物之中的一種或多於一種穩定劑的使用 會造成FXI的物理及/或化學穩定性比對照組(亦即FXI受 到相同的處理但是沒有穩定劑)的物理及/或化學穩定性增 加至少或100%。在另系列具體實例中, 用农包含FXI或FXI相關多狀製劑中的醫藥調配物之中的籲 一種或多於一種穩定劑的使用會造成FXI的物理及/或化學 穩定性比對照組(亦即FXI受到相同的處理但是沒有穩定劑) 的物理及/或化學穩定性增加至少2倍、5倍、1〇倍或2〇 倍。 下表提供適當調配物之非限制性的實例。當此調配物 含有1.7毫克/毫生FXI時,在周圍溫度下至少一個月以後 未觀察到有集結作用發生。 53 200529870Substances such as monothioglycerol, bismuth thiosulfanyl I, thioacetic acid, and f-based thioethanol, various salts (such as sodium chloride), glycerol, propylene glycol, propylene-u-diol, and propanol (1 · propyl Alcohol) and isopropanol (2-propanol). Restrictive examples of surfactants include detergents, ethoxylated flaxseed oil, polyglycolic acid glycerol, acetated monoglycerol, sorbitan fatty acid esters, polypropylene-polyoxyethylene Segment polymer (such as polyoxy 50 200529870 ethylene polychloroprene copolymers such as Pluronic @ F68, polyoxyethylene polychloroprene copolymers 188 and 407, TritonX-100), polyoxyethylene sorbitan fatty acid esters, Polyoxyethylene and polyethylene derivatives such as alkylated and alkoxylated derivatives ("Tweens", such as ween-2O, Tween-40, Tween-80 and Bnj-3 5) Esters and their ethoxylated derivatives, diglycerides, and their polyoxyethylene derivatives, alcohols, glycerol, exogenous coagulins, and phospholipids (eg, phospholipids, serine, phospholipids) Choline, phospholipids ethanolamine, phospholipids inositol, diphospholipids glycerol, and sphingomyelin), derivatives of stone fats (such as dipalmitinyl phosphatidic acid), and dissolved phospholipids (such as Luru Palmitoyl dissolves o-lipidylserine and ethanolamine, choline, serine or threonine1 -Fluorenyl_sn-glycerol-3—filler ester) and alkoxy- (alkyl_) derivatives derived from solubilizers and phosphatidylcholine choline) and alkoxy_ • (alkyl_) derivatives And the polar end-modifying groups, that is, choline, ethanolamine, discontinol, serine, threonine, glycerol, inositol, and positively charged DQDAC, DOTMA, DCP, BISHOP, solubilizer Amidoserine and Dissolved Lithosalbumin Threonine and Glycerol Phospholipids (such as cerebrolysin), Glycoglycolipids (such as galactopyranoside), Sphingolipids (such as ceramide, nerve Runodeosin), choline dodecyl phosphate, dissolved lecithin in eggs, derivatives of fusidic acid (such as sodium bovine dihydrofusidic acid, etc.), long-chain fatty acids [such as C6-C12 Fatty acids (such as oleic or octanoic acid)] and their salts, fluorenyl carnitine and its derivatives, lysine, arginine, and histamine-derived N α -fluorinated derivatives, lysine and spermine Acid side chain-fluorenated derivative, dipeptide N α-fluorinated derivative-which contains lysine, arginine and histidine with a neutral or Any combination of amino acids, tripeptides, N α -fluorenyl group 51 200529870 biology-it contains any combination of a neutral amino acid and two charged amino acids, DSS (Docusate Sodium, CAS registration number [577-1 1-7], Docusate's CAS registration number [128-49-4], Docusate potassium, CAS registration number [749 1 -09-0], SDS (ten Sodium bisulfate), sodium caprylate, cholic acid and its derivatives, bile acids and their derivatives, a linker with glycine or taurine, ursodeoxycholic acid, monoacid salts, taurocholic acid Acid salt, sodium glycine cholate. N-deca /, N-N, N-dimethyl-3-ammonium-1-propanoic acid, anionic Calcium salt) Monovalent surfactant, Zwitterionic surfactant (such as N-alkyl-N, N-dimethylammonium-1-propanesulfonate, 3-chloroamido-1 -propyldiamine Methylammonium _ 丨 _propanesulfonic acid, cationic surfactants (quaternary ammonium bases such as cetyl bromide trimethylammonium chloride, cetylpyridinium chloride), non-ionic surfactants (eg ten Diyl_々_D_glucopyranoside), and polyoxyethylene polychloride Ethylenediamine derivatives of ethylene copolymers (such as Tetronic's), that is, copolymers derived from the continuous addition of four functional group blocks of ethylene oxide and ethylene oxide to ethylene diamine; Surfactants of groups of derivatives, or mixtures thereof. In a specific example, the pharmaceutical composition contains a surfactant at a concentration of about 0.01 mg / ml to about mg / ml. In a specific example, the pharmaceutical formulation comprises TW⑽-80. In a specific example, the pharmaceutical formulation comprises a polyoxyethylene-polychloropropylene copolymer 188. In a specific example, the pharmaceutical formulation comprises an electrolyte. In a specific example, the pharmaceutical formulation comprises an electrolyte, and in a specific embodiment, the pharmaceutical formulation comprises an electrolyte such as KC1 052 200529870 In the specific example, when Tween 80 is used as a stabilizer, an electrolyte such as NaCI is used, and the concentration is such as 50 mM. In one specific example, agglomeration after storage is avoided. In a series of specific examples, the use of one or more stabilizers in pharmaceutical formulations for use in formulations containing FXI or FXI-related polypeptides results in the physical and / or chemical stability of FXI being greater than that of the control group (ie, FXI is subjected to the same treatment but without stabilizers) and the physical and / or chemical stability is increased by at least or 100%. In another series of specific examples, the use of one or more stabilizers in pharmaceutical formulations containing FXI or FXI-related polymorphic formulations will result in physical and / or chemical stability of FXI compared to the control group ( That is, the physical and / or chemical stability of FXI subjected to the same treatment but without stabilizers is increased at least 2 times, 5 times, 10 times, or 20 times. The following table provides non-limiting examples of suitable formulations. When this formulation contained 1.7 mg / milliliter FXI, no agglomeration was observed after at least one month at ambient temperature. 53 200529870

ID pH 緩衝劑 等滲 調節劑 穩定劑 抗微生物 保存劑 A1 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲焼 (TRIS),pH8.5 na na na A2 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基曱基)胺基甲烧 (TRIS),pH8.5 150mMNaCl na na A3 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 na 0.001 %w/v Tween80 na A4 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 na 0.1 %w/v Tween80 na A5 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 150mM NaCl 0.1%w/v Tween80 na A6 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基曱烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 16.0mg/ml 甘油 na 0.5w/v〇/〇 紛 A7 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基曱基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 na 5w/v%經丙基-yS -環糊精 na A8 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基曱烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 na 0.1w/v%人血清白蛋白 na A9 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基曱基)胺基曱烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 na 0.5M蔗糖 na A10 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.5 na 0.3w/v% Poloxamer 188 na All 8.5 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基曱烷 (TRIS)?pH8.5 na 18.6mg/ml EDTAID pH buffering agent isotonicity regulator stabilizer antimicrobial preservative A1 8.5 50mM gins- (hydroxymethyl) aminoformamidine (TRIS), pH 8.5 na na na A2 8.5 50mM gins- (hydroxyamidino) amine Nail Na (NaCl na na A3) 8.5 50 mM 50% gins- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH 8.5 na 0.001% w / v Tween80 na A4 8.5 50 mM ana- (hydroxymethyl) Amino methane (TRIS), pH 8.5 na 0.1% w / v Tween80 na A5 8.5 50 mM para- (hydroxymethyl) amino methane (TRIS), pH 8.5 150 mM NaCl 0.1% w / v Tween 80 na A6 8.5 50 mM Ginseng- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH 8.5 16.0mg / ml Glycerol na 0.5w / v0 / 〇A7 8.5 50mM Ginseng- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH8 .5 na 5w / v% via propyl-yS-cyclodextrin na A8 8.5 50mM gins- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH 8.5 na 0.1w / v% human serum albumin na A9 8.5 50mM gins- (hydroxymethyl) aminotrioxane (TRIS), pH 8.5 na 0.5M sucrose na A10 8.5 50mM ana- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH8.5 na 0.3w / v % Poloxamer 188 na All 8.5 50mM para- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS)? PH 8.5 na 18.6mg / ml EDTA

54 200529870 B1 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烧 (TRIS),pH8.0 na na na B2 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS)?pH8.0 150mMNaC] na na B3 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS)?pH8.0 na 0.001%w/v Tween80 na B4 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基曱烷 (TRIS)?pH8.0 na 0.1%w/v Tween80 na B5 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基曱基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.0 150mM NaCl 0.1%w/v Tween80 na B6 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.0 16.0mg/ml 甘油 na 0.5w/v〇/〇 盼 B7 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基曱基)胺基曱烷 (TRIS),pH8.0 na 5w/v°/〇經丙基-/3 -環糊精 na B8 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基曱烷 (TRIS),pH8.0 na 0· 1 w/v%人血清白蛋白 na B9 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.0 na 0.5M蔗糖 na BIO 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS),pH8.0 na 0.3w/v°/〇 Poloxamer 188 na Bll 8.0 50mM 參-(羥基甲基)胺基甲烷 (TRIS)?pH8.0 na 18.6mg/ml EDTA B12 6.1 組胺酸1.36毫克/毫升, pH6.1 40mg/ml 甘露糖醇 0.3 w/v% Poloxamer 188 6mg/ml g分 Cl 7.4 50mM 填酸鹽,pH7.4 na na na C2 7.4 50mM—酸鹽,pH7.4 150mMNaCl na na C3 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 na 0.001 %w/v Tween80 na C4 7.4 50mM 構酸鹽,pH7.4 na 0.1°/〇w/v Tween80 na54 200529870 B1 8.0 50 mM gins- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethyl (TRIS), pH 8.0 na na na B2 8.0 50 mM gins- (hydroxymethyl) amino methane (TRIS)? PH 8.0 150mM NaC] na na B3 8.0 50 mM para- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS)? PH8.0 na 0.001% w / v Tween80 na B4 8.0 50mM para- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS)? PH8.0 na 0.1% w / v Tween80 na B5 8.0 50mM p- (hydroxyfluorenyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH8.0 150mM NaCl 0.1% w / v Tween80 na B6 8.0 50mM p- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane ( TRIS), pH8.0 16.0mg / ml glycerol na 0.5w / v〇 / 〇 hope B7 8.0 50mM para- (hydroxy fluorenyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH8.0 na 5w / v ° / 〇 -/ 3-cyclodextrin na B8 8.0 50 mM gins- (hydroxymethyl) aminopane (TRIS), pH 8.0 na 0 · 1 w / v% human serum albumin na B9 8.0 50 mM s- (hydroxy Methyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH 8.0 na 0.5M sucrose na BIO 8.0 50mM Phenyl- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS), pH 8.0 na 0.3w / v ° / 〇 Poloxamer 188 na Bll 8.0 50mM Phenyl- (hydroxymethyl) aminomethane (TRIS)? PH8.0 na 18.6mg / ml EDTA B12 6.1 Histidine 1.36mg / ml, pH6.1 40mg / ml mannitol 0.3 w / v% Poloxamer 188 6mg / ml g Cl 7.4 50mM salt filling, pH 7.4 na na na C2 7.4 50mM acid salt, pH 7.4 150mM NaCl na na C3 7.4 50mM phosphate, pH7.4 na 0.001% w / v Tween80 na C4 7.4 50mM phytate, pH7.4 na 0.1 ° / 〇w / v Tween80 na

55 200529870 C5 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 150mM NaCl 0.1%w/v Tween80 no C6 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 16.0mg/ml 甘油 ----—.— na C7 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 na 5w/v%經丙基-·環糊精 C8 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 na 0.1 w/v%人血清白蛋白 •— 上 id —-— C9 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 na 0.5M蔗糖 —^^. na CIO 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 na 0.3w/v% Poloxamer 188 na Cll 7.4 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.4 na 18.6mg/ml EDTA na C12 7.7 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.7 14mg/ml 丙二醇 na ~~~~~—--- 5*5mg/mi 酚 D1 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 na na ------ na D2 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 150 mM NaCl na na D3 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 na 0.001%w/v Tween80 na D5 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 150mM NaCl 0.1%w/v Tween80 na D6 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 16.0mg/ml 甘油 na 〇·5\ν/ν% 酉分 D7 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 na 5 w/v%經丙基-/3 -環糊精 na D8 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 na 0.1w/v%人血清白蛋白 na D9 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 na 0.5M蔗糖 na DIO 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 na 0.3w/v% Poloxamer 188 na Dll 6.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,pH6.0 na 18.6mg/ml EDTA E2 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο 150mMNaCl na na E3 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 0.001 %w/v Tween80 na E4 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 0.1%w/v Tween80 na E5 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο 150mMNaCl 0.1%w/v Tween80 na E6 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο 16.0mg/ml 甘油 na 0.5w/vo/〇 酉分 E7 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 5 w/v%經丙基-yS -環糊精 na E8 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 0.1 w/v%人血清白蛋白 na E9 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 〇.5M蔗糖 na E10 10.0 50mM 甘胺酸,ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 0.3w/v% Poloxamer 188 na FI 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 na na na F2 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 150mMNaCl na na F3 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 na 0.001 %w/v Tween80 na F5 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 150mM NaCl 0.1%w/v Tween80 na F6 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 16.0mg/ml 甘油 na 0.5w/v%S分 F7 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 na 5 w/v%羥丙基-/3 -環糊精 na F8 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 na 0· 1 w/v%人血清白蛋白 na F9 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 na 〇.5M蔗糖 na F10 7.0 50mM 磷酸鹽,pH7.0 na 0.3w/v% Poloxamer 188 na55 200529870 C5 7.4 50 mM phosphate, pH 7.4 150 mM NaCl 0.1% w / v Tween80 no C6 7.4 50 mM phosphate, pH 7.4 16.0 mg / ml glycerol ---- — — na C7 7.4 50 mM phosphate, pH 7. 4 na 5w / v% via propyl- · cyclodextrin C8 7.4 50mM phosphate, pH7.4 na 0.1 w / v% human serum albumin • — upper id —-— C9 7.4 50mM phosphate, pH7.4 na 0.5M sucrose — ^^. Na CIO 7.4 50mM phosphate, pH7.4 na 0.3w / v% Poloxamer 188 na Cll 7.4 50mM phosphate, pH7.4 na 18.6mg / ml EDTA na C12 7.7 50mM phosphate, pH7. 7 14mg / ml propylene glycol na ~~~~~ ----- 5 * 5mg / mi phenol D1 6.0 50mM citrate, pH6.0 na na ------ na D2 6.0 50mM citrate, pH6.0 150 mM NaCl na na D3 6.0 50 mM citrate, pH 6.0 na 0.001% w / v Tween80 na D5 6.0 50 mM citrate, pH 6.0 150 mM NaCl 0.1% w / v Tween80 na D6 6.0 50 mM citrate, pH 6 .0 16.0mg / ml glycerol na 0.5 · ν / ν% D D7 6.0 50mM citrate, pH6.0 na 5 w / v% via propyl- / 3-cyclodextrin na D8 6.0 50mM citric acid Salt, pH6.0 na 0.1w / v% human serum albumin na D9 6.0 50mM citrate, pH6.0 na 0.5M sucrose na DIO 6.0 50mM citrate, pH6.0 na 0.3w / v% Poloxamer 188 na Dll 6.0 50mM citrate, pH6.0 na 18.6mg / ml EDTA E2 10.0 50mM glycine, ρΗΙΟ.Ο 150mMNaCl na na E3 10.0 50mM glycine, ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 0.001% w / v Tween80 na E4 10.0 50mM glycine, ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 0.1% w / v Tween80 na E5 10.0 50mM glycine, ρΗΙΟ.150 150mMNaCl 0.1% w / v Tween80 na E6 10.0 50mM glycine, ρΗΙΟ.Ο 16.0mg / ml glycerol na 0.5w / vo / 〇 酉 分 E7 10.0 50mM glycine, ρΗΙΟ.Ο na 5 w / v% via propyl-yS-cyclo Dextrin na E8 10.0 50 mM glycine, ρ ΙΟ.Ο na 0.1 w / v% human serum albumin na E9 10.0 50 mM glycine, ρ ΙΟ.Ο na 0.5 M sucrose na E10 10.0 50 mM glycine, ρ ΙΟ.Ο na 0.3w / v% Poloxamer 188 na FI 7.0 50mM phosphate, pH7.0 na na na F2 7.0 50mM phosphate, pH7.0 150mM NaCl na na F3 7.0 50mM phosphate, pH7.0 na 0.001% w / v Tween80 na F5 7.0 50mM phosphate, pH7.0 150mM NaCl 0.1% w / v Tween80 na F6 7.0 50mM phosphate, pH7.0 16.0mg / ml glycerol na 0.5w / v% S points F7 7.0 50mM phosphate pH7.0 na 5 w / v% hydroxypropyl- / 3-cyclodextrin na F8 7.0 50 mM phosphate, pH 7.0 na 0.1 w / v% human serum albumin na F9 7.0 50 mM phosphate, pH 7. 0 na 〇.5M sucrose na F10 7.0 50mM phosphate, pH7.0 na 0.3w / v% Poloxamer 188 na

56 20052987056 200529870

G12 50mM甘胺醯基甘胺酸 ρΗ7·6 ρΗ3·0 150mM NaCl na 0.05mg/ml Tween20 〇.2lmg/mi 酚 H2 3.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽 na na H4 3.0 50mM擰檬酸鹽 ρΗ3·0 0.1%w/v Tween80 na H5 3.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽 ρΗ3·0 150mM NaCl 0.1 %w/v Tween80 na H6 3.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽 pH3.0 16.0mg/ml 甘油 na 0.5w/v〇/〇 紛 H7 3.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽 ρΗ3·0 na 5w/v%經丙基-/3 -環糊精 H8 3.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽 ρΗ3·0 na 0.1w/v%人血清白蛋白 H9 3.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽 ρΗ3.0 0.5Μ蔗糖 na H10 3.0 50mM檸檬酸鹽,ρΗ3·0 na 0.3w/v% Poloxamer 188 na H12 7.3 5.7mM 磷酸鹽,ρΗ7·3 137mMNaCl 5.4mM KC1 在一項非限制性的具體實例中,在冷凍乾燥之後容許 回收活性FXI的適當調配物包含: FXI濃度:0.2毫克/毫升 緩衝液:20mM緩衝液(組胺酸或TRIS)(pH5.5,6.5或 7.4),25mg/ml甘露糖醇(填充劑)、2.5 mg/mlNaCl(填充劑)、 和 0.01%Tween 80。 較好是,該醫藥組成物是以非經腸的方式施用,亦即 靜脈内、皮下、或肌内;而以靜脈内為最佳。其亦可藉由 連續或脈衝式灌輸的方式施用。吾人應該瞭解任何施用FXI 多肽的有效方法均可備適用,包括例如使用黏膜的或吸入 的施用方法。 本發明之製劑的局部性輸送,例如局部施用可以藉由 例如噴灑、灌注、雙汽球導管、支架、併入血管移植體或 57 200529870 匕:用於包覆汽球式導管的水凝膠、併入紗布 朮材貝’或是其他已經完善建立的方法。 、他端 本發明的醫藥組成物可以用各種劑形施用,例如* 懸浮物、乳化物、微乳化物、多重乳化物…夜、 ㈣叫、糊劑'綷創膏、藥膏、藥片、經包覆㈣片軟膏 洗液、勝囊(例如硬式明膠膠囊、軟式明勝:、二潤 二::艮,劑、眼用藥膏、眼用潤洗液、陰道托、陰道二, :道樂庄射液、原位的轉型溶液(例如原位的凝膠作:、 =的積沉作用、原位沉料用或原位的結晶作 於 液或植入物。 ’ /霍輪 本發明的醫藥組成物還可以組合或結合或連 =共價的、疏水的或靜電的交互作用)到一種藥物載(::如 条物運m切階㈣㈣輸“錢進㈣進 用多,㈣性、增加生物可獲性、增加溶解度、降低副作1 :達成熟f本技藝者熟知的慢性療法,及/或增加病患: mf生。載劑、樂物運輸系統和進階的藥物運輸系統包括 但:限於聚合物,例如纖維素及其衍生物,其他的 如葡聚糖集其衍生物、殿粉及其衍生物)、聚⑺稀醇) =醋和甲基丙稀酸醋的聚合物、聚乳酸和聚經基乙酸及 二甘“又共承物、聚乙二醇、攜載蛋白質(例如白蛋白) 膝(例如熱凝膠化系統’如熟習本技藝者所詳知的組塊共聚 :系統)、微團、微脂粒、微球體、奈米結粒、液晶及其: 政物、熟習脂類_水系統之技藝者所詳知# 相及其分散 58 200529870 物、聚合物的微團、多重乳化物 1目身礼化與自身微乳化)、 環糊精及其衍生物和樹枝狀聚合物。 利用根據本發明的方法所製備的包含因子μ多狀的 西樂組成物適用於肺部施用 ^ ^ ^ , U骽的、+固體的、粉末的 和浴液的調配物,該肺部施 用係使用例如有劑量量測的吸 态、乾粉吸入器或喷霧器, 知的裝置。 斤有都-热習本技藝者所詳 醫荜:1=發明的方法所製備的包含因子χι多肽的 二=用於經控制釋出的、持續性釋㈣、延長釋 利用4 、又出之樂物運輸系統的調配物。 利用根據本發明的方法萝 ^ ^ ^ ^ 製備的包含因子XI多肽的醫藥 (兩籀备e k、· 制釋出的和持續性釋出系統 ’、、、先句導致施用次數降 夕 型式ff W 1 & °午夕七)之調配物,該施用 主八對於熱習本技蓺去 控制釋中“ w者疋已坪知的,如用於皮下施用之經 •做限制Γ續性釋出的系統。並非要對於本發明的範 成物二’I!用於經控制釋出的和持續性釋出的系統和組 球體和奈米結粒。 貝仏液晶、聚合物微團、微 用於包含根據本發明的 藥組成物> Ρ 4 勺方去所製備之因子XI多肽醫 法、瀵卜、1 糸、、、充的生產方法包括但不限於結晶 辰、、伯法、輔助結晶法、沉 分散孓 ^ 歲法、辅助沉澱法、乳化法、 政去、向壓均質化法、 化法、修震化去、賀灑乾燥法、微膠囊 ’破I法、相分遙隹 擠法和過庐展、广雜 產生微球體的溶劑蒸發法、壓 體的方法。-般的參考文獻係見於《醫藥 59 200529870 釋放手冊》,(Wlse,D.L•編著,㈣^_ekker 5版2000年)和《藥物和醫藥科學》,第9 · 白質調配物與運輪(MacNa E •蛋G12 50mM Glycinyl Glycine ρΗ7 · 6 ρΗ3.0 150mM NaCl na 0.05mg / ml Tween20 0.21mg / mi phenol H2 3.0 50mM citrate na na H4 3.0 50mM citrate ρΗ3.0 0.1% w / v Tween80 na H5 3.0 50 mM citrate pH 3.0 0 mM NaCl 0.1% w / v Tween80 na H6 3.0 50 mM citrate pH 3.0 16.0 mg / ml glycerol na 0.5 w / v 0 / 〇 fen H7 3.0 50 mM citric acid Salt ρΗ3.0 na 5w / v% via propyl- / 3-cyclodextrin H8 3.0 50mM citrate ρΗ3.00 na 0.1w / v% human serum albumin H9 3.0 50mM citrate ρΗ3.0 0.5M sucrose na H10 3.0 50 mM citrate, ρΗ3.0 na 0.3w / v% Poloxamer 188 na H12 7.3 5.7 mM phosphate, ρΗ7.3 · 137 mM NaCl 5.4 mM KC1 In a non-limiting specific example, allow after freeze-drying Suitable formulations for recovery of active FXI include: FXI concentration: 0.2 mg / ml buffer: 20 mM buffer (histidine or TRIS) (pH 5.5, 6.5 or 7.4), 25 mg / ml mannitol (filler), 2.5 mg / ml NaCl (filler), and 0.01% Tween 80. Preferably, the pharmaceutical composition is administered parenterally, i.e. intravenously, subcutaneously, or intramuscularly; most preferably, it is intravenously. It can also be applied by continuous or pulsed infusion. I should be aware that any effective method of administering FXI polypeptides can be applied, including, for example, mucosal or inhaled administration methods. Local delivery of the formulations of the present invention, such as topical application, can be achieved by, for example, spraying, infusion, double balloon catheters, stents, vascular grafts or 57 200529870: hydrogels for covering balloon balloons, Incorporate gauze materials or other well-established methods. 2. The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention can be applied in various dosage forms, such as * suspension, emulsion, micro-emulsion, multiple emulsion ... night, howl, paste, 'wound cream, ointment, tablet, menstrual pack Covered tablet ointment lotion, Sheng capsule (such as hard gelatin capsules, soft Ming Sheng :, Er Run II :: Gen, agent, eye ointment, eye lotion, vaginal support, vaginal II ,: Daolezhuang injection In situ transformation solution (such as in situ gels: = sedimentation effect, in situ sinks or in situ crystals used in fluids or implants. '/ Huo Lun The pharmaceutical composition of the present invention You can also combine or combine or link = covalent, hydrophobic or electrostatic interactions) to a drug load Availability, increase solubility, decrease by-products 1: reach mature f chronic treatments well known to the artisan, and / or increase patients: mf. Vehicles, animal transport systems and advanced drug transport systems include but are limited to: Polymers such as cellulose and its derivatives, others such as dextran Its derivatives), poly (vinyl alcohol) = polymers of vinegar and methacrylic acid vinegar, polylactic acid and polyacetic acid and diethylene glycol, and co-conductors, polyethylene glycol, and proteins (such as white Protein) knees (eg, thermogelation systems, such as block copolymerization as known to those skilled in the art: systems), micelles, liposomes, microspheres, nanocrusts, liquid crystals, and others: politics, familiarity Lipids_Detailed by the artist of water system # PHASE AND ITS DISPERSION58 200529870 substances, polymer micelles, multiple emulsions (customization and self-emulsification), cyclodextrin and its derivatives and dendrimers polymer. The selenium composition containing factor μ polymorphs prepared by the method according to the present invention is suitable for pulmonary administration ^ ^ ^, U 骽, + solid, powder and bath formulations, the pulmonary administration system uses Examples are known devices such as dosimetric aspiration, dry powder inhalers or nebulizers. Jin Youdu-Heat study by the artist: 1 = Two of the factor χι polypeptide prepared by the method of the invention = used for controlled release, continuous release, extended release use4, and then Preparations for the fun transport system. Using the method according to the present invention ^ ^ ^ ^ prepared medicine containing factor XI polypeptide (two preparations ek, release and sustained release system ',,,, and the first sentence lead to a decrease in the number of applications ff W 1 & ° Midnight Eve), the application master for the heat treatment of this technique to control the release of "w those who have been known, such as for the subcutaneous application of the classics do make restrictions Γ continuous release The system of the present invention is not intended to be used for the controlled release and sustained release system and group of spheres and nano-grains of the present invention. The liquid crystal, polymer micelles, micro-use Factor XI peptides prepared by containing the pharmaceutical composition according to the present invention > P 4 spoon, including: but not limited to, crystal crystallization, primary method, and auxiliary crystallization Method, Shen-dispersion method, age-assisted precipitation method, emulsification method, political process, pressure homogenization method, chemical method, seismic repair method, spray-drying method, microcapsule 'breaking I method, phase separation remote extrusion Method, solvent evaporation method, compaction method that produces microspheres by over-exposure and wide-ranging.-General reference The literature is found in "Medicine 59 200529870 Release Handbook" (ed. Wlse, D.L., ed. __Ekker 5th edition 2000) and "Pharmaceutical and Medical Sciences", 9th White Matter Preparations and Ships (MacNa E • Egg

叫如公司出版,_年)。··、、扁者,紐約MarceI 非經腸的施用可以藉由皮下的、肌 或利用針筒的靜脈内注射法(例如在 :内:^ 來進行。或者,非、_施用可以利用輸:夜=二筒) -用根據本發明的方法所製備之包含因子χι= =、; 或懸洋液形式之組成物還有一 、,合液 劑的形式施用。另—項、登擇曰^擇就疋以鼻部或肺部喷 包含因子XI m 據本發明的方法所製備之 u千幻多肽的醫藥組成物可以 的施用法,例如用^ ,改而適用於經皮 貼布)或藉由穿透黏膜的(例如頻的)施用法(進?離子透入式 :::明的—項具體實例中,根據本發明的 和超過3年的計: 成物在超過6週的使用期 、平的保存期是穩定的。 在本發明的另一項且辦杏 製備之包含因+ XI二二,根據本發明的方法所 期和超過3年的伴疒:㈤西樂組成物在超過4週的使用 牛的保存期是穩定的。 所的還有一項具體實例中,根據本發明的方法 吓裏備之包含因子χι _万沄 用期和超過2车的〜 成物在超過4週的使 【迺2年的保存期是穩定的。 在本發明仍還有的一項具體者 法所製備之包含因子 、:Λ ’根據本發明的方 1夕肽的醫藥組成物在超過2週的 200529870 使用期和超過2年的保存期是穩定的。 在某些具體實例中 、 入1多肽調配物具有從大約4.0到 大約1 0.0的p Η值。在;^ α 牡系些具體實例中FXI多肽調配物具 有從大約4.0到大約8 D从 、·的PH值。在某些具體實例中fxj 多肽調配物具有從大約4 •到大約7 · 0的ρ Η值。在某些且 體實例中FXI多肽調配你曰山 一 /、 Α門物具有從大約4.0到大約6.5的ρΗ 值。在某些具體實例中& FXl多肽調配物具有從大約4.0到 大約6.0的pH值。力甘& 在某些具體實例中FXI多肽調配物具 有大約6 · 5或低於6.5,例^^ ι ^ 1歹J如介於大約5.0和大約6.5 ;如 大約介於大約5.5和6.5的?11值。Called as company publishing, _year). ···, flat, New York MarceI Parenteral administration can be performed subcutaneously, intramuscularly, or intravenously using a syringe (for example, within: ^.) Alternatively, non-administrative administration can be performed using infusion: (Night = two cylinders)-the composition containing the factor χι = =, or in the form of a suspension liquid prepared by the method according to the present invention is also applied in the form of a liquid mixture. Another item, Deng Zhe said, “Choose a spray on the nose or lungs containing a factor XI m. The pharmaceutical composition of the u-magic polypeptide prepared according to the method of the present invention can be applied, for example, using ^, instead, it is applicable. In transdermal patches) or by transmucosal (for example, frequent) application methods (into the iontophoresis ::: clear-in a specific example, according to the present invention and more than 3 years: The product is stable in the use period of more than 6 weeks and the flat storage period. In another aspect of the present invention, the preparation of apricots includes Yin + XI 22, which is expected according to the method of the present invention, and companions of more than 3 years. : The shelf life of the oxalox composition is stable for more than 4 weeks when the cattle are used. Therefore, in another specific example, the method according to the present invention includes a factor χι_ 万 沄 lifetime and more than 2 vehicles. ~ The product is stable for more than 4 weeks [4 2 years of shelf life. There is still a specific method prepared in the present invention which contains the factor: Λ 'according to the formula of the present invention The pharmaceutical composition is stable over a period of more than 2 weeks of 200529870 and a shelf life of more than 2 years. In some specific examples, the polypeptide formulation has a p Η value from about 4.0 to about 1 0.0. In the specific examples, the FXI polypeptide formulation has a pH from about 4.0 to about 8 D from, · Value. In some specific examples, the fxj polypeptide formulation has a ρ value from about 4 • to about 7. 0. In some specific examples, the FXI polypeptide formulation has a Yamaha / A gate that has a range from about 4.0. To a pH value of about 6.5. In some specific examples & FXl polypeptide formulation has a pH value from about 4.0 to about 6.0. Ligan & in some specific examples the FXI polypeptide formulation has about 6. 5 or Below 6.5, for example ^^ ι ^ 1 歹 J such as between about 5.0 and about 6.5; such as between about 5.5 and 6.5?

Fxi的醫療施用法·· 本發明提供利用FXI預防和治療出血的方法。 出血係指金液從任何循環系統的組成外渗出來。出企 的偶發事件涵蓋與手術、創傷、或其他形式的組織損傷, 以及在具有出血性疾病之對象身上之不希望的出血關聯之 不希望的'未能控制的或是經常性的過量出血。出血的偶 事件可心生在具有基本上正常的凝血系統^旦曾經歷過(暫 時白m企病狀的對象,以及具有先天性或後天凝血或出血 疾病的對象身上。在具有血小板功能缺損的對象身上,該 出血傾向於由血友病引起的出血’因為其止血系統如同在 血友病的情形缺乏或具有部正常的必需凝固「化合物」(例 如血小板或von Willebrand因子蛋白質在經歷廣泛性組 織敗壞例如與手術或大量創傷關聯的對象身上,正常的止 61 200529870 械制^被立即止血的需求壓倒,並且儘管其 術前或創傷前)正常的止血機制,但卻產生過土H = :。此種對象還經常是多重輸血者,會因為出血和= 溶解作用和降低血小板的數目)而發展出―種蛋 血疾病。出血液發生在器官如腦、内耳區和眼;^日: :疗止血上受限的區域且因而在達成滿意之止血作用::Fxi medical administration method ... The present invention provides a method for preventing and treating bleeding using FXI. Bleeding is the extravasation of gold fluid from any component of the circulatory system. Infrequent incidents of business include undesired 'uncontrolled or frequent excess bleeding associated with surgery, trauma, or other forms of tissue damage, as well as unwanted bleeding in subjects with bleeding disorders. The occasional event of hemorrhage can be born in a subject with a substantially normal coagulation system, which has been experienced (temporarily white blood vessels, and subjects with congenital or acquired coagulation or bleeding disorders. In patients with platelet dysfunction In subjects, the bleeding tends to be caused by hemophilia 'because its hemostatic system is lacking or has normal essential coagulation "compounds" (such as platelets or von Willebrand factor proteins in extensive hemorrhagic conditions) Corruption, for example, on a subject associated with surgery or a large number of traumas, the normal stop 61 200529870 mechanics ^ was overwhelmed by the need for immediate hemostasis, and despite its normal hemostatic mechanism before surgery or pretrauma), H =: has been produced. Such subjects are also often multiple transfusion recipients who develop an egg-blood disease due to bleeding and lysis (lowering platelet count). The outflow of blood occurs in organs such as the brain, inner ear area, and eyes; ^: :: treats the restricted area of hemostasis and thus achieves a satisfactory hemostatic effect ::

=。在,各種器官(肝、肺、遽瘤組織、腸胃道)做切片取 ,的過程中以及在剖腹手術和和骨後前列腺根除手術時, 相似的問題可能會發生。對於這些狀況相同的是藉由 止血的技術(縫線、夹子等)提供止血上有困難,本 散時(例如出血性胃炎和大量的子宮出灰)狀況亦铁。出: 也可能發生在進行抗凝血治療的對象身上,該對象身 所施以的治療而導入受損的止血作用;這些出血經常是急 性的亚且大置。抗凝血治療經常施用以預防血检检塞的疾 病此種/α療可包括肝素、其他形式的蛋白㈣、殺 或:形式的維生素κ擷抗劑、凝血蛋白抑制劑,以及阿 ’、斤盆U血小板集結的抑制劑,例如抗體或其他仰 ㈣⑽活性的抑制劑。出血亦可由於所謂的血栓溶解治療 :造成,該治療包括用一種抗血小板劑(例如乙醯水楊酸)、 抗政血d (例如肝素)、和纖維蛋白溶解劑(例如組織纖溶酶 原’舌化物’ tPA)進行合併的治療。出血的偶發事件也有意 包括但不限於發生在急性關節血腫(在關節部位出血)、慢 性易出血性關節病、血腫、(例如肌肉的、腹膜後的、舌下 62 200529870 的矛因後的)在其他組織的出血、血尿(腎通道出血)、腦 部出血、手術(例如肝切除術)、牙科摘除術、和腸胃道出 血(例如UGI出血)的對象身上之與手術或創傷關聯的未經 控制和過量的出血。該出血性偶發事件可與抗因子m的 抑制劑;血友病A ;血友病與抑制劑;血友病B ;缺乏因 子νπ ;缺乏因子XI;血小板減少症、缺之v〇n wiuebrand 因子(von Wdlebrand氏症);嚴重的組織敗壞、嚴重創傷、 手術、剖腹手術;酸中毒、血液稀釋、消耗性凝血病變、 過度纖維蛋白水解、體溫過低、出血性胃炎、切片檢查、 抗凝血治療、上端腸胃道出血陶广或幹細胞移植有關。 出血性偶發事件可為大量的子宮出血;發生在器官而以機 械方式止血的可能性有限者;發生在腦部者;發生在 區域者;或發生在眼部者。 血小板的數目或活性較低係指存在於對象血浆的血小 板(血栓細胞)數目以及盥 種血小板的生物、凝血作用相 關之活性。較低的數目可# 似㈣目了月b因為例如脾臟中血 增加、血小板的生產減少板的破棱 ^呆大於正常血小板部分 。例如血小板減少症定義為每微升到、 心 ,,㈣個血小板者;正常血小板數目的上限—般= :於每微…。。"“5。,_個血小板之 :: 而言是已知的方法。二 習本技藝的工作者 括但不限於血小板減少症、 m群包 包括但不限於血小=隼,病變。血小板活性的方面 勺聚集、黏連和凝血活性。降低的活 63 200529870 性可能是因為例如醣蛋白不正常、膜-細胞骨架之交互作用 不正$、血小板顆粒不正常、血小板的凝固活性不正常、 信號傳遞和分泌不正常。血小板活性包括聚集、黏連和凝 固活性是用熟習本技藝者已知的標準方法測量的,請參考 《血小板、實務方法》,S.P.Watson和K.S.Authi編著: 〈血小板疾病的臨床觀點〉(K.J clemets〇n),第15期:第 299-3 18頁,1996年。牛津出版社出版;《威廉氏血液學》, 第六版,Beutler、Lichtman、⑽er、Kipps* sewn 編著’ 2001年,McGraw公司出版。因為血小板活性 較低所造成的徵候群包括但不限於⑴扣咖咖 加⑽bathenis、Bernard_s〇uHer徵候群、貯存性調查疾病、 抗綾固治療和血小板溶解性治療。 〜在本發明的上下文中,治療涵蓋預防出血包括但不限 方;預防未預期得出血,例如可自卩#胃# / i i ^ 了此被預期在手術程序期間或 接連在手術程序之後發生者,以及調節已經發生 , 例如^傷中發生者,以俾抑制或將出血減至最小。該出 過白生在個經相認的部位或未在—個尚未被測定 括在療當Γ性的施用包纟™續的製備物因而被包 ^某些具體實例中,—個正常的人類病患,亦即 有先天性FXI缺乏者’可對其施用" =的多肽,其量等於大約。.。5毫克到大約5。〇毫克、野生 31的FXI多肽/每天或每— 公斤的斟金#丄 堝毛事件,例如對一位70 大約1毫克到大約_毫克,或例如大約 64 200529870 1 4克到大約1 7 5宅克/每天或每一出血性偶發事件做為裝 載和維持的劑量,施用劑量則視對象的體重、病況和該病 況的嚴重程度而定。 在某些具體實例中,血已是從需要FXI多肽治療的病 患身上取得並且進行一項檢驗(在FXI多肽施用之前)以評 估以下之一項或多於一項··(i)FXI的血漿濃度;(ii)活化的 FXI : FXI酶原的比例;及/或(iii)需以外源方式添加以恢復 有效凝固作用的FXI之濃度,根據檢驗的結果,利用預先 測定的攝生法施用適當量的FXI多肽。任何適當的檢驗均 可用預測定,包括例如ELISA或已膠體為基礎的方法。使 用適當的校正標準以容許將測量到的濃度與人體血漿内 的一般濃度(30nM)做比較。典型上吾人希望補充fxi 濃度到至少大約5nM,較好是至少大約ι〇ηΜ,更好是至 少大約15nM,還有更好是至少大約2〇nM,而最好是至少 大約 30nM FXI。 當吾人使用與FXI關聯的多肽以補充病患體内的fxj 活性時’該FXI關聯的多肽會展現至少一個FXI生物活性 的特殊濃度並血該治療目標是要提供一種與預先測定的野 生型FXI量相等之生物活性量(亦即「有效的fxi血漿濃 度」)。 在某些具體實例中,本發明涵蓋醫療性施用FXI多肽 至血浆濃度低於大約3nM ; 5nM或1 OnM的病患身上。 組合性治療 65 200529870 本發明亦涵蓋能提供組合性治療的方法和組成物,其 中FXI多肽係與非因子VII/因子VIIA凝血劑一起施用。 適當的非因子 VII/因子VIIA凝血劑包括但不限於因子 XIII(請參考例如WO 01/85 198)、組織因子途徑抑制劑之抑 制劑(TFPI抑制劑)(請參考例如 WO 01/85199);因子 IX(請參考例如WO 02/062376);可被凝血酶活化的纖維 蛋白溶解作用抑制劑(TAFI)(請參考例如 PCT/DK02/00734) ; PAI-1 ( 請參考 例 如 PCT/DK02/00735); 因子 V (請參考例如 PCT/DK02/00736);蛋白質 C 抑制劑(請參考例如 PCT/DK02/00737); 血小板調節素(請參考例如 PCT/DK02/00738);蛋白質 S 抑制劑(請參考例如 PCT/DK02/00739);組織纖溶酶原活化物抑制劑(請參考 例如PCT/DK02/00740);a2-血纖維蛋白溶酶(請參考例如 PCT/DK02/00741);抗纖維蛋白分血素(aprotinin, 請參考 例如 PCT/DK02/00742); 凝血酸(請參考例如 PCT/DK02/0075 1) ; ε-胺基己酸(請參考例如 PCT/DK02/00752);凝血酶原;凝血酶;因子VII ;因子X 和血纖維蛋白原。 以下是本發明之具體實例的列表: 具體實例 1 : 一種治療出血性偶發事件的方法,該方法 包括對需要該治療的病患施以一種含有因 子XI(FXI)或與FXI關聯之多肽的製劑, 其量有效於此種治療。 66 200529870 具體實例 2 : 如具體實例1所定義的方法,其中該施用 造成該病患的凝血時間降低。 具體實例 3 : 如具體實例1或具體實例2所定義的方 法,其中該施用增進了該病患的止血。 具體實例4 : 如具體實例1到3所定義的方法,其中該 施用造成該病患的血塊溶解時間增加。 具體實例 5 : 如具體實例1到4所定義的方法,其中該 施用造成該病患的血塊強度增加。 具體實例6 : 如具體實例1到5所定義的方法,其中該 施用造成該病患的總體血塊品質(OCQ)增 力口0 具體實例 7 : 如具體實例1到6所定義的方法,在該施 用之後,該病患顯示至少大約 5nM的有 效FXI血漿濃度。 具體實例 8 : 如具體實例7所定義的方法,其中該有效 FXI血漿濃度至少大約為1 OnM。 具體實例9 ·· 如具體實例8所定義的方法,其中該有效 FXI血漿濃度至少大約為30nM。 具體實例 1 〇 : 如具體實例1到9的任一者所定義的方 法,其中該FXI和與FXI相關連的多肽 包含SEQ ID N0:1的序列,或其保留至 少一種與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 具體實例11 :如具體實例1到9的任一者所定義的方 法,其中該FXI和與FXI相關連的多肽 67 200529870 具體實例 12 : 包含SEQIDN〇:2的序列,或㈣留至 少一種與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 如具體實例1到1 1的任一去 1 者所定義的方 法,其中該病患並未罹患先天性的FXI 缺乏。 具體實例 具體實例 13:如具體實例i到12的任一者所定義的方 法,其中該出血性偶發事件從屬於選自: 手術、牙科程序、創傷或血液稀釋的病狀。 14:如具體實例","3的任一者所定義的方 · 法’其尚包含在該施用之前·· (a)從病患取得試樣;(13)測定至少以下一 項:FXn農度、FXI:FXIa的比例、恢復凝 固作用所必需的外源FXI的量;和((〇根 據(b)的結果’測定該有效於治療的fxi 量。 具體貫例 具體實例 15: 一種治療出血性偶發事件的方法,該方法 包括對該病患施用⑴第一量之包含FXI 多狀的製劑和(ii)第二量之包含非因子 VII/因子Vila凝血劑之製劑,其中該第 一量與第二量合併對於此種治療有效。 16:如具體實例15所定義的方法,其中該非 因子VII/因子Vila凝血劑係選自包含以 下的組群:因子III、組織因子途徑抑制 劑(TFPI)抑制劑;因子lx ;凝血酶可活 68 200529870 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 17 ·· 具體實例25 : 、戴隹蛋白溶解抑制劑(TAFI);纖溶酶原 物抑制劑](P AI]);因子V ;蛋白質 c/中制劑;蛋白質S抑制劑;和組織纖溶 酶原活化物(tPA)抑制劑。 如具體只例15或具體實例1 6所定義的方 ’、中亥知用造成該病患的凝血時間降 低0 18:如具體實例15到17所定義的方法,其中 該施用增進了該病患的止血。 19:如具體實例15到18所定義的方法,其中 該施用造成該病患的血塊溶解時間增加。 20 ·如具體實例15到19所定義的方法,其中 遠方⑪用造成该病患的血塊強度增加。 21:如具體實例15到2〇所定義的方法,其中 該施用造成該病患的總體血塊品質(〇CQ) 增力口。 22 :如具體實例15到21所定義的方法,在該 施用之後’該病患顯示至少大約5nM的 有效FXI血漿濃度。 23 :如具體貫例22所定義的方法,其中該有 效FXI血毁濃度至少大約為1 〇nM。 24:如具體實例23所定義的方法,其中該有 效FXI如漿濃度至少大約為3〇nM。 如具體實例1 5到14的任一者所定義的方 69 200529870 法,其中該FXI和與FXI相關連的多狀 包含SEQ m N〇:1的序列,或其保留至 乂' 一種與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 具體實例2 6 具體實例27 : 具體實例28 : 具體實例29 : 如具體實例15到24的任一者所定義的方 法,其中該™和與FXI相關連的多狀 包含SEQ ID NO:2的序列,或其至少一 種與 如具 法, 缺乏=. Similar problems may occur during the biopsy of various organs (liver, lung, tumor tissue, gastrointestinal tract), and during laparotomy and post-bone prostate eradication. The same for these conditions is that it is difficult to provide hemostasis through hemostasis techniques (sutures, clips, etc.), and the condition (such as hemorrhagic gastritis and a large number of uterine ash) is also difficult. Out: It may also occur in a subject undergoing anticoagulant therapy, where the subject's treatment introduces an impaired hemostatic effect; these bleedings are often acute and large. Anticoagulant therapy is often administered to prevent blood clots and diseases. This type of alpha therapy may include heparin, other forms of peptone, or a form of vitamin kappa antagonist, a coagulation protein inhibitor, and A ', Jin Inhibitors of pelvic U platelet aggregation, such as antibodies or other inhibitors of supine activity. Bleeding can also be caused by a so-called thrombolytic therapy: the treatment includes the use of an antiplatelet agent (such as acetic acid), an anti-blood d (such as heparin), and a fibrinolytic agent (such as tissue plasminogen) 'Tongue' tPA) for combined treatment. Incidents of bleeding also intentionally include but are not limited to those occurring in acute joint hematoma (bleeding at the joint site), chronic bleeding arthropathy, hematoma, (eg, muscular, retroperitoneal, sublingual 62 200529870 spear) Unrelated surgery or trauma in subjects with bleeding from other tissues, hematuria (renal channel bleeding), brain bleeding, surgery (eg liver resection), dental removal, and gastrointestinal bleeding (eg UGI bleeding) Control and excessive bleeding. This occasional hemorrhagic event can be related to inhibitors of factor m; hemophilia A; hemophilia and inhibitors; hemophilia B; lack of factor vπ; lack of factor XI; thrombocytopenia, lack of von wiuebrand factor (Von Wdlebrand's disease); severe tissue destruction, severe trauma, surgery, laparotomy; acidosis, hemodilution, wasting coagulopathy, excessive fibrinolysis, hypothermia, hemorrhagic gastritis, biopsy, anticoagulation Treatment, upper gastrointestinal bleeding, Tao Guang or stem cell transplantation. Contingent hemorrhagic events can be massive uterine bleeding; those that occur in organs and have a limited possibility of mechanically stopping bleeding; those that occur in the brain; those that occur in the area; or those that occur in the eye. The lower number or activity of platelets refers to the number of blood platelets (thrombocytes) present in the subject's plasma and the biological and coagulation-related activities of platelets. The lower number may seem different because, for example, the blood in the spleen is increased and the production of platelets is reduced. The edges of the plate are larger than the normal platelet portion. For example, thrombocytopenia is defined as the number of platelets per microliter to the heart; the upper limit of the number of normal platelets-generally =: per micrometer ... . " 5., _ platelets: is a known method. Two workers who are skilled in this art include but are not limited to thrombocytopenia, m group package includes but is not limited to blood small = 隼, disease. Platelets Aspects of activity include aggregation, adhesion, and coagulation activity. Reduced activity may be due to, for example, abnormal glycoproteins, incorrect membrane-cytoskeleton interactions, abnormal platelet particles, abnormal platelet coagulation activity, and signaling Transmission and secretion are abnormal. Platelet activity, including aggregation, adhesion, and coagulation activity, are measured using standard methods known to those skilled in the art. Please refer to Platelets, Practical Methods, edited by SPWatson and KSAuthi: Clinical Perspectives ”(KJ clemets〇n), No. 15: pp. 299-3 18, 1996. Published by Oxford Press; William's Hematology, 6th edition, edited by Beutler, Lichtman, ⑽er, Kipps * sewn 'Published by McGraw in 2001. Symptoms caused by low platelet activity include, but are not limited to, ⑴ buckle coffee plus ⑽bathenis, Bernard_suouHer syndrome Storage investigations of disease, anticoagulant therapy, and thrombolytic therapy. ~ In the context of the present invention, treatment includes the prevention of bleeding including, but not limited to, the prevention of unanticipated bleeding. This is expected to occur during or immediately after the surgical procedure, and adjustments have occurred, such as those occurring in the injury, to suppress or minimize bleeding. The birth was born in a recognized site Or not in a preparation that has not yet been tested and included in the therapeutic application package ™ continued to be included ^ In some specific examples, a normal human patient, that is, a person with congenital FXI deficiency ' A polypeptide of " = may be administered in an amount equal to approximately 5 mg to approximately 5.0 mg, wild 31 FXI polypeptide per day or per kilogram of Ping Jin # 丄 锅 毛 Event, such as for one bit 70 about 1 milligram to about _ milligram, or for example about 64 200529870 14 grams to about 175 grams per day or every bleeding incident as a loading and maintenance dose, the administered dose depends on the subject's weight and condition And the condition Severity depends. In some specific cases, blood has been obtained from a patient in need of FXI peptide treatment and a test (before FXI peptide administration) is performed to evaluate one or more of the following ... (I) the plasma concentration of FXI; (ii) the ratio of activated FXI: FXI zymogen; and / or (iii) the concentration of FXI that needs to be added exogenously to restore effective coagulation, based on the results of the test, using a pre-measurement Appropriate amounts of FXI polypeptides are administered by biopsy. Any appropriate test can be predicted using, including, for example, ELISA or colloid-based methods. Appropriate calibration standards are used to allow comparison of the measured concentration to the normal concentration in human plasma (30 nM). Typically, I would like to supplement the fxi concentration to at least about 5 nM, preferably at least about ιηηM, more preferably at least about 15 nM, still more preferably at least about 20 nM, and most preferably at least about 30 nM FXI. When we use a peptide associated with FXI to supplement the fxj activity in a patient ', the FXI associated polypeptide will exhibit at least one special concentration of FXI biological activity and blood. The goal of this treatment is to provide a pre-determined wild-type FXI Equal amount of biologically active amount (ie "effective fxi plasma concentration"). In certain specific examples, the invention encompasses medically administering FXI polypeptides to patients having a plasma concentration below about 3 nM; 5 nM or 1 OnM. Combined Therapy 65 200529870 The present invention also encompasses methods and compositions that provide a combined therapy in which the FXI polypeptide is administered with a non-Factor VII / Factor VIIA coagulant. Suitable non-Factor VII / Factor VIIA coagulants include, but are not limited to, Factor XIII (see, for example, WO 01/85 198), inhibitors of tissue factor pathway inhibitors (TFPI inhibitors) (see, for example, WO 01/85199); Factor IX (please refer to eg WO 02/062376); fibrinolytic inhibitor (TAFI) which can be activated by thrombin (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 00734); PAI-1 (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 00735 ); Factor V (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 00736); protein C inhibitor (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 00737); thrombomodulin (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 00738); protein S inhibitor (please (Refer to PCT / DK02 / 00739); tissue plasminogen activator inhibitor (please refer to PCT / DK02 / 00740); a2-plasmin (please refer to PCT / DK02 / 00741); Aprotinin (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 00742); tranexamic acid (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 0075 1); ε-aminocaproic acid (please refer to eg PCT / DK02 / 00752); prothrombin Thrombin; Factor VII; Factor X and Fibrinogen. The following is a list of specific examples of the present invention: Specific Example 1: A method of treating an incidental bleeding event, the method comprising administering to a patient in need of the treatment a preparation containing Factor XI (FXI) or a polypeptide associated with FXI The amount is effective for this treatment. 66 200529870 Specific Example 2: The method as defined in Specific Example 1, wherein the administration causes a decrease in the coagulation time of the patient. Specific example 3: The method as defined in specific example 1 or specific example 2, wherein the administration improves hemostasis of the patient. Specific Example 4: The method as defined in Specific Examples 1 to 3, wherein the administration causes an increase in the blood clot dissolution time of the patient. Specific Example 5: The method as defined in Specific Examples 1 to 4, wherein the administration causes an increase in the blood clot strength of the patient. Specific example 6: The method as defined in specific examples 1 to 5, wherein the application causes the patient's overall blood clot quality (OCQ) to increase. 0 Specific example 7: The method as defined in specific examples 1 to 6, in which After administration, the patient showed an effective FXI plasma concentration of at least about 5 nM. Specific example 8: The method as defined in specific example 7, wherein the effective FXI plasma concentration is at least about 1 OnM. Specific Example 9 The method as defined in Specific Example 8 wherein the effective FXI plasma concentration is at least about 30 nM. Specific Example 10: The method as defined in any one of Specific Examples 1 to 9, wherein the FXI and the FXI-associated polypeptide comprise the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 1 or it retains at least one biological activity associated with FXI Fragment. Specific Example 11: The method as defined in any one of Specific Examples 1 to 9, wherein the FXI and the FXI-associated polypeptide 67 200529870 Specific Example 12: a sequence comprising SEQ ID NO: 2 or retaining at least one type of FXI Related biologically active fragments. The method as defined by any of the specific examples 1 to 11 in which the patient does not suffer from a congenital FXI deficiency. Specific Example Specific Example 13: The method as defined in any one of Specific Examples i to 12, wherein the bleeding incident is subordinate to a condition selected from the group consisting of: surgery, dental procedure, trauma, or hemodilution. 14: The method defined by any one of the specific examples ", " 3 which also includes before the administration ... (a) taking a sample from a patient; (13) measuring at least one of the following: FXn agronomy, ratio of FXI: FXIa, the amount of exogenous FXI necessary to restore coagulation; and ((〇 According to the result of (b) ', determine the amount of fxi that is effective for treatment. Specific examples 15: a A method of treating an incidental hemorrhagic event, the method comprising administering to the patient a first amount of a formulation comprising an FXI polymorph and (ii) a second amount of a formulation comprising a non-Factor VII / Factor Vila coagulant, wherein the first Combining one amount with a second amount is effective for such treatment. 16: The method as defined in specific example 15, wherein the non-factor VII / factor Vila coagulant is selected from the group consisting of: factor III, tissue factor pathway inhibitor (TFPI) inhibitors; Factor lx; Thrombin may be active 68 200529870 Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples 17 ·· Specific example 25:, Dairy protein dissolution inhibitor (TAFI); Fiber Lysozyme Inhibitors] (P AI)); factor V; protein c / medium preparation; protein S inhibitors; and tissue plasminogen activator (tPA) inhibitors. As defined in Specific Example 15 or Specific Example 16 Fang ', Zhonghai Zhiyong caused the patient's coagulation time to decrease 0 18: The method as defined in specific examples 15 to 17, wherein the administration enhances the patient's hemostasis. 19: as in specific examples 15 to 18 A method as defined, wherein the administration causes an increase in blood clot dissolution time in the patient. 20 · A method as defined in specific examples 15 to 19, wherein remote application causes an increase in the blood clot strength of the patient. 21: as in specific example 15 to The method as defined in 20, wherein the administration causes the patient's overall blood clot quality (0CQ) to strengthen the mouth. 22: As defined in specific examples 15 to 21, after the administration, 'the patient shows at least about 5nM effective FXI plasma concentration. 23: The method as defined in specific example 22, wherein the effective FXI blood destruction concentration is at least about 10 nM. 24: the method as defined in specific example 23, wherein the effective FXI is as slurry The concentration is at least about 30 nM. Example 1. Method 69 200529870 as defined in any one of 5 to 14, wherein the FXI and the polymorphism associated with FXI comprise a sequence of SEQ m N0: 1, or it is retained until 乂 'an organism associated with FXI Active fragment. Specific Example 2 6 Specific Example 27: Specific Example 28: Specific Example 29: The method as defined in any one of Specific Examples 15 to 24, wherein the ™ and the polymorphisms associated with FXI include SEQ ID NO : The sequence of 2, or at least one of its

FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 體實例15到26的任—者所定義的方 其中該病患並未罹患先天性的FXIFXI related biologically active fragment. Any one of the examples 15 to 26, where the patient does not have congenital FXI

如具體實例15到27的任—者所定義的方 法,其中該出血性偶發事件從屬於選自: 手術、牙科程序、創傷或血液稀釋的病狀。 如具體實例^ 28的任一者所定義的方 法,其尚包含在該施用之前: ⑷從病患取得試樣;⑻測定至少以下一 項:™濃度、咖咖的比例、恢復凝 固作用所必需的外源、FXI的量,·和⑷基 於(b)的結* ’測定該有效於治療的FXI量0 具體實例30 : 具體實例3 1 : 士具體實例丨所定義的方法,其中該方 不匕3因子VJI/因子VHa之凝血劑。 種包含⑴經分離的重組;FXI多肽和(ϋ) 既藥上可接冗之载劑或賦形劑的醫藥調配 70 200529870 具體實例 32 : 物。 FXI多肽用於治 僚出血性偶發事件的用 途。 具體實例 33 : 根據具體實例^ 古例32的用途’其中該出血性 偶發事件從屬於 萄万、璲自包含以下組群的狀 況·手術、牙斜和产 王序、創傷或血液稀釋。 具體實例 34 : 根據具體實% 3 2 + 』32或具體實例33的用途, 其中δ亥出血性値^ . 偶發事件未以因子VII/因子 Vila之凝血劑進行治療。 具體實例35 : FXI多肽用於增進1兩 所而病患之止血的用 途。 具體實例36 : 多肽用於增加玫邮 9加其所需病患之血塊溶解 時間的用途。 具體實例37 : FXI多肽用於增加1所伞 曰,、所需病患之血塊強度 的用途。 具體實例38 ·· FXI夕狀用方;增加其所需病患之總體血塊 品質(OCQ)的用途。 具體實例39 : FXI夕肽用於降低其所需病患之凝血時間 的用途。 具體實例40 : 根據具體實例32到39之任〆者的用途, 其中病患體内的有& FXI ▲漿濃度係增 加到至少大約5nM。 具體實例41 ·· «具體實例40的用途,其中該有效ρχι 200529870 血漿濃度係增加到 J主·>大約l〇nM。 具體實例 42 : 根據具體實例4 1的^ 的用途,其中該有效FXI 血漿濃度係增加到 〜主5大約30ηΜ。 具體實例 43 : 根據具體實例32到 J 42之任一者的用途, 其中该病患未以因早 u子VII/因子Vila之凝 血劑進行治療。 具體實例 44 : FXI多肽用於製備用、Λ汰, 々士 衣爾用以治療出血性偶發事 件之醫藥調配物的用途。 具體實例 45 ·· 根據具體實例44的用、全, H的用途,其中該出血性 偶發事件從屬於選自包含以下組群的狀 況:手術、牙科程序、創傷或血液稀釋。 具體實例 46 : 根據具體實例44哎且,與加1 H A具體貫例45的用途, 其中該出血性偶發事件未以因子νπ/因子 Vila之凝血劑進行治療。 具體實例 47 : ™多_於製備增進其所需病患止血之 醫藥調配物的用途。 具體實例 48 : FXI夕肽用於製備增加其所需病患血塊溶 解時間之醫藥調配物的用途。 具體實例 49 : FXI夕肽用於製備增加其所需病患血塊強 度之醫藥調配物的用途。 具體實例 50 : FXI多肽用於製備增加其所需病患總體血 塊品質(OCQ)之醫藥調配物的用途。 具體實例 51 : FXI多肽用於製備降低其所需病患凝血時 間之醫藥調配物的用途。 72 200529870 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體貫例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 52 ··根據具體實例47到51之任一者的用途, 其中病患體内的有效FXi血漿濃度係增 加到至少大約5nM。 53··根據具體實例52的用途,其中該有效FXI 血漿濃度係增加到至少大約l〇nM。 54:根據具體實例53的用途,其中該有效阳 血漿濃度係增加到至少大約3〇nM。 55 ··根據具體實例44到54之任一者的用途, 其中該病患未以因子VII/因子VIIa之凝籲 血劑進行治療。 56:根據具體實例32到55的任一者之用途,A method as defined by any of the specific examples 15 to 27, wherein the incidental bleeding event is subordinate to a condition selected from the group consisting of: surgery, dental procedures, trauma, or hemodilution. The method as defined in any one of the specific examples ^ 28, which further comprises prior to the administration: 取得 obtaining a sample from a patient; ⑻ measuring at least one of the following: ™ concentration, ratio of coffee, necessary to restore coagulation The amount of exogenous, FXI, and ⑷ based on the result of (b) * 'Measure the amount of FXI effective for treatment 0 Specific Example 30: Specific Example 3 1: The method defined by the specific example, where the party does not A clotting agent for factor 3 VJI / factor VHa. A kind of medicinal preparation containing isolated recombination; FXI polypeptide and (i) a carrier or excipient which can be used as a medicine in a redundant manner 70 200529870 Specific Example 32: 物. FXI peptides are used to treat incidental bleeding episodes. Specific example 33: According to specific example ^ Use of ancient example 32 ', wherein the hemorrhagic incident is subordinate to the conditions of the following groups: surgery, oblique and obstetric order, trauma or hemodilution. Specific example 34: According to the use of specific% 32 + "32 or specific example 33, wherein δH haemorrhagic 値 ^. Incidental events are not treated with a factor VII / factor Vila coagulant. Specific Example 35: FXI polypeptide is used to enhance the hemostatic use of patients in 1 and 2 hospitals. Specific Example 36: The use of a polypeptide for increasing the dissolution time of blood clots of a patient required by Rose Mail 9. Specific Example 37: Use of FXI polypeptide for increasing the blood clot strength of a desired patient. Specific example 38 ········································································ Specific Example 39: Use of FXI peptides to reduce the clotting time of a patient in need thereof. Specific Example 40: According to the use of any one of Specific Examples 32 to 39, in which the & FXI in the patient's body is increased to at least about 5 nM. Specific example 41. «Use of specific example 40, wherein the effective ρ2005 20057070 plasma concentration is increased to J main · > about 10 nM. Specific example 42: The use according to specific example 41, wherein the effective FXI plasma concentration is increased to ~ 30 nM of the main 5. Specific Example 43: The use according to any one of Specific Examples 32 to J 42, wherein the patient is not treated with a blood clotting agent due to early childhood VII / factor Vila. Specific Example 44: The use of FXI polypeptides for the preparation, preparation, and application of Pharmacotherapy for the treatment of occasional bleeding incidents. Specific Example 45 · The use according to Specific Example 44, the use of H, wherein the bleeding incident is subordinate to a condition selected from the group consisting of surgery, dental procedure, trauma, or hemodilution. Specific example 46: According to specific example 44 and the use of specific example 45 in addition to 1 H A, wherein the bleeding incident is not treated with a factor vπ / factor Vila coagulant. Specific Example 47: ™ is more useful for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation that improves hemostasis of a patient in need thereof. Specific example 48: Use of FXI peptides for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation that increases the dissolution time of the blood clot required by a patient. Specific Example 49: Use of FXI peptides for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation that increases the blood clot strength of a patient in need thereof. Specific Example 50: Use of FXI polypeptide for preparing a pharmaceutical formulation that increases the overall blood clot quality (OCQ) of a patient in need thereof. Specific Example 51: Use of FXI polypeptide for preparing a pharmaceutical formulation that reduces the coagulation time of a patient in need thereof. 72 200529870 Specific Examples Specific Examples Specific Examples Specific Examples Specific Examples Specific Examples 52 ·· According to the use of any one of specific examples 47 to 51, wherein the effective FXi plasma concentration in the patient is increased to at least about 5nM. 53. Use according to specific example 52, wherein the effective FXI plasma concentration is increased to at least about 10 nM. 54: The use according to specific example 53, wherein the effective positive plasma concentration is increased to at least about 30 nM. 55. The use according to any one of specific examples 44 to 54, wherein the patient is not treated with a factor VII / factor VIIa coagulation agent. 56: According to the use of any one of the specific examples 32 to 55,

其中待治療的病患並未罹患先天性的FXI 缺乏。 57:根據具體實例32到56的任一者之用途, 其中該FXI和與FXI相關連的多肽包含 SEQ ID ΝΟ··1的序列,或其保留至少〆種⑩ 與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 57 :根據具體實例32到56的任一者之用途, 其中該FXI和與FXI相關連的多肽包含 SEQ ID ΝΟ··2的序列,或其保留至少z種 與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 5δ:根據具體實例32至57之任一者的用途, 其中邊FXI多狀係與非因子γη/因子 的凝血劑合併施用。 73 200529870 具體實例59 :根據具體實例58的用途,其中該非因子 VII/因子Vila的凝血劑係選自以下組群: 因子πι、組織因子途徑抑制劑(TFpi)抑 制劑;因子IX ;凝血酶可活化纖維蛋白 溶解抑制劑(TAFI);纖溶酶原活化物抑制 劑-UPAM);因子V;蛋白質c抑制.劑; 蛋白質S抑制劑;和組織纖溶酶原活化物 (tPA)抑制劑。 具體實例 60 : 具體實例61 : 具體實例62 : 具體實例63 : 具體實例64 : 具體實例65 : 具體實例66 :The patients to be treated did not suffer from congenital FXI deficiency. 57: The use according to any one of specific examples 32 to 56, wherein the FXI and the FXI-associated polypeptide comprise the sequence of SEQ ID NO ·· 1, or a fragment that retains at least one of the biological activities associated with FXI . 57: The use according to any one of specific examples 32 to 56, wherein the FXI and the FXI-associated polypeptide comprise a sequence of SEQ ID NO. · 2, or a fragment that retains at least z of biological activities associated with FXI. 5δ: The use according to any one of specific examples 32 to 57, wherein the FXI polymorphism is administered in combination with a non-factor γη / factor coagulant. 73 200529870 Specific example 59: The use according to specific example 58, wherein the non-factor VII / factor Vila coagulant is selected from the following group: factor π, tissue factor pathway inhibitor (TFpi) inhibitor; factor IX; thrombin may Activated Fibrinolysis Inhibitor (TAFI); Plasminogen Activator Inhibitor-UPAM); Factor V; Protein c Inhibitor. Protein S Inhibitor; and Tissue Plasminogen Activator (tPA) Inhibitor. Specific example 60: specific example 61: specific example 62: specific example 63: specific example 64: specific example 65: specific example 66:

一 « FXI多肽從生物物f中純化出來 的方法’該方法包括將該原料以連續的色 層^析術在陽離子交換色層分析材質、疏 K又互作用的色層分析材質、和羥基磷灰 石色層分析材質上做處理。 肽係重組的FXI多狀A «Method for purifying FXI polypeptide from biological substance f 'This method includes analyzing the material in a cation exchange color layer by continuous color analysis, a color layer analysis material that interacts with K, and hydroxyphosphorus Graystone color analysis is done on the material. Polypeptide FXI Polymorphism

根據具體實例60或具體實例61的方法 其中該™多肽係人類的ρχι。 :據具體實例60或具體實例6i的方法 ^該™多狀係為一種二聚體。 艮據具體實例63的方法…該ρχ1 肽係人類次單元之二聚體。 :據具體實例60到64之任一者的方, =該生物物質是生物液體。 根據具體實例65的方法,其中該生4 74 200529870 體是哺乳動物細胞的上澄液。 具體實例67 : 根據具體實例66的方法,其中該生物液 體是CHO細胞的上澄液。 具體實例68 :根據具體實例60到67之任一者的方法, 其中該方法包括以下步驟: (a)將該包括FXI多肽之生物物質施用於 第一陽離子交換色層分析材質上,該色層 分析包括: (i) 將該生物物質施用於該第一種陽離子 交換色層分析材質; (ii) 用緩衝液A將未結合的物質從第一種 陽離子交換色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩 衝液A適用於將未能與第一種陽離子交 換色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並 且 (Hi)用緩衝液A,將未結合的物質從第一種 陽離子交換色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩 衝液A’適用於將未能與第一種陽離子交 換色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下來;並 且 (iv)藉由緩衝液a,,將該FXI多肽從第一 種陽離子交換色層分析材質上洗脫下來, 緩衝液A”適用於將FXI多肽從第一種陽 離子交換色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 75 200529870 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 (b)使得自步驟(iv)的洗脫物或利用步驟 (iv)的洗脫物所製備的液體用色層分析術 處理,其利用疏水性交互作用的色層分析 材質,該色層分析術包括·· Ο)將得自步驟(iv)的洗脫物或利用步驟 (lv)製備的液體施加於該疏水性交互作用 之色層分析材質; (VI)用緩衝液B將未結合的物質從該疏水 性父互作用之色層分析材質上洗脫下來, 緩衝液A適用於將未能與該疏水性交互 作用之色層分析材質結合的物質洗脫下 來;並且 (νϋ)用緩衝液B,將該FXI多肽從該疏水 性交互作用之色層分析材質上洗脫下來, 緩衝液B,適用於將FXI多肽從該疏水性 父互作用之色層分析材質上洗脫下來。 根據具體貫例6 8的方法,其中緩衝液a 包含一種或多於一種能增加FXI多肽之 穩定度的穩定劑。 7 0 · 根據具體實例69的方法,其中緩衝液a 包含一種穩定劑,該穩定劑為一種糖.、醇 或駿醇。 根據具體實例7 0的方法,其中緩衝液A 包含一種穩定劑,該穩定劑為一種糖、 76 200529870 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 c4-c8醇或駿醇。 72 :根據具體實例71的方法,其中緩衝液a 包含一種穩定劑,該穩定劑為一種多元 醇。 73 :根據具體實例72的方法,其中緩衝液a 包含一種選自甘油、丙二醇、丙_丨,3_二醇、 丙醇和異丙醇的穩定劑。The method according to specific example 60 or specific example 61, wherein the ™ polypeptide is a human ρχι. : According to the method of specific example 60 or specific example 6i ^ The polymorphic system is a dimer. According to the method of specific example 63 ... the ρχ1 peptide is a dimer of the human subunit. : According to any one of specific examples 60 to 64, = the biological substance is a biological liquid. The method according to specific example 65, wherein the Sheng 4 74 200529870 body is a supernatant of mammalian cells. Specific example 67: The method according to specific example 66, wherein the biological fluid is a supernatant of CHO cells. Specific example 68: The method according to any one of specific examples 60 to 67, wherein the method includes the following steps: (a) applying the biological substance including the FXI polypeptide to a first cation exchange color layer analysis material, the color layer The analysis includes: (i) applying the biological substance to the first cation exchange chromatography analysis material; (ii) using buffer A to elute unbound substances from the first cation exchange chromatography analysis material, Buffer A is suitable for eluting substances that fail to bind to the first cation exchange chromatography material; and (Hi) Use buffer A to remove unbound substances from the first cation exchange chromatography material. Elution, buffer A 'is suitable for eluting substances that fail to bind to the first cation exchange chromatographic analysis material; and (iv) by buffer a, the FXI polypeptide is removed from the first cation Buffer A ”is suitable for eluting FXI peptides from the first cation exchange chromatographic analysis material. 75 200529870 Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples (b ) Causing the eluate from step (iv) or the liquid prepared using the eluate from step (iv) to be processed by tomography, which uses a hydrophobic interaction of the tomographic analysis material, the tomography includes Ο) Apply the eluate from step (iv) or the liquid prepared in step (lv) to the hydrophobic interaction color layer to analyze the material; (VI) use buffer B to remove unbound material from The hydrophobic parent interaction color layer analysis material elutes, and the buffer solution A is suitable for eluting a substance that fails to bind with the hydrophobic interaction color analysis material; and (νϋ) uses a buffer solution B , The FXI polypeptide is eluted from the hydrophobic interaction color analysis material, and the buffer B is suitable for eluting the FXI polypeptide from the hydrophobic parent interaction color analysis material. According to the specific implementation The method of Example 68, wherein the buffer a comprises one or more stabilizers capable of increasing the stability of the FXI polypeptide. 70. The method according to the specific example 69, wherein the buffer a comprises a stabilizer, and the stabilizer is A sugar, alcohol, or alcohol The method according to the specific example 70, wherein the buffer A contains a stabilizer, the stabilizer is a sugar, 76 200529870 specific example specific example specific example specific example specific example specific example specific example specific example c4-c8 alcohol or jun Alcohol. 72: The method according to the specific example 71, wherein the buffer a contains a stabilizer, the stabilizer is a polyhydric alcohol. 73: The method according to the specific example 72, wherein the buffer a contains a member selected from glycerol, propylene glycol, propylene _ 丨, 3_ diol, propanol and isopropanol stabilizers.

74 :根據具體實例73的方法,其中緩衝液A 包含一種選自甘油、丙二醇和丙二醇 _ 的穩定劑。 75 :根據具體實例72到74的任一者之方法, 其中該穩定劑係以大約5%(v/v)到大約 50%(v/v)的濃度存在。 76 ··根據具體實例75之方法,其中該穩定劑 係以大約1〇%(ν/ν)到大約50%(v/v)的濃 度存在。 77 :根據具體實例76之方法,其中該穩定劑 鲁 係以大約10%(Wv)到大約20%(v/v)的濃 度存在。 78 :根據具體實例77之方法,其中該穩.定劑 係以大約10%(v/v)的濃度存在。 79 :根據具體實例78之方法,其中該穩定劑 係以大約20%(v/v)的濃度存在。 80 :根據具體實例68到79的任一者之方法, 77 200529870 其中該緩衝液A的pH係介於大約6·5和 大約9之間。 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 具體實例 81:根據具體實例80的方法,其中該緩衝液 Α的pH係介於大約7和大約9之間。 82 :根據具體實例81的方法,其中該緩衝液 A的pH大約為8。 83: 根據具體貫例6 8到8 2的任一者之方、去, 其中該缓衝液A的導電度小於大約 50mS/cm 〇 84 :根據具體實例60到83的任一者之方法, 其中該疏水性交互作用的色層分析材質使 用丁基或苯基做為配體。 85:根據具體實例84的方法,其中該疏水性 交互作用的色層分析材質是苯基瓊脂糖高 性能高取代材質。 86 ·· 根據具體實例84的方法 交互作用的色層分析材質 性能高取代材質。 87: 根縣兴m貫例74: The method according to specific example 73, wherein buffer A comprises a stabilizer selected from the group consisting of glycerin, propylene glycol, and propylene glycol. 75: The method according to any one of the specific examples 72 to 74, wherein the stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 5% (v / v) to about 50% (v / v). 76. The method according to the specific example 75, wherein the stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 10% (ν / ν) to about 50% (v / v). 77: The method according to the specific example 76, wherein the stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 10% (Wv) to about 20% (v / v). 78: The method according to the specific example 77, wherein the stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 10% (v / v). 79: The method according to the specific example 78, wherein the stabilizer is present at a concentration of about 20% (v / v). 80: The method according to any one of the specific examples 68 to 79, 77 200529870, wherein the pH of the buffer A is between about 6.5 and about 9. Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples Specific examples 81: The method according to specific example 80, wherein the pH of the buffer solution A is between about 7 and about 9. 82: The method according to the specific example 81, wherein the pH of the buffer A is about 8. 83: according to any one of specific examples 6 8 to 8 2, wherein the conductivity of the buffer solution A is less than about 50 mS / cm 〇 84: method according to any one of specific examples 60 to 83, wherein The hydrophobic interaction color layer analysis material uses butyl or phenyl as the ligand. 85: The method according to the specific example 84, wherein the hydrophobic interaction color analysis material is a phenyl agarose high performance and high substitution material. 86 ·· Method according to the specific example 84 Interactive color layer analysis material High performance replaces the material. 87: Gen County

其_邊疏水性 是丁基瓊脂糖高Its _ edge hydrophobicity is high in butyl agarose

其中該緩衝液B的pH係介於 、八巧6禾 約9之間。 根據具體實例8 7的方法, B的pH大約為8。 其中該緩衝液 89 ··根據具體實例68到88的任—本 ~者之方法, 78 200529870 具體實例90 具體實例91 具體實例92 : 具體實例93 : 具體實例94: 具體實例95 : 具體實例96 : 其中該緩衝液B的導電度大於5〇秦。 根據具體實例89之方法,其中該緩衝液 B的導電度大於7〇mS/cm。 根據具體實例68到90的任一者之方法, 二中用以下的方法對於得自階段(vii)的洗 脫物,或利用得自階段㈤)的洗脫物所製 備的液體進行處理,其步驟包括·· (1) 添加一種或多於一種能增加F幻多肽 之穩定性的穩定劑,該添加量有效於顯著 增進其穩定度,及/或 (2) 調整得自階段(Wi)的洗脫物,或利用 得自階段(vii)的洗脫物所製備的液體之 pH,至介於大約7和大約9的pH。 根據具體貫例91之方法,其中用於步驟 的穩定劑是糖,醇或酸:醇。 根據具體實例92之方法,其中用於步驟(1) 的穩定劑是糖,CfC8醇或醛醇。 根據具體實例93之方法,其中用於步驟 的穩定劑是多元醇。 根據具體實例94之方法,其中用於步驟(i) 的穩定劑係選自包含甘油、丙二醇、丙β1,3-二醇、丙醇和異丙醇的組群。 根據具體實例95之方法,其中用於步驟(1) 的穩定劑係選自包含甘油、丙二醇、丙_ 1 3 _ 79 200529870 二醇的組群。 具體實例97 :根據具體實例94到96的任一去夕+丄 %〈万法, 其中用於步驟(1)的穩定劑被添加到大約 5%(ν/ν)到大約50%(ν/ν)的濃度。 具體實例98:根據具體實例97之方法,其中用於步驟(1) 的穩定劑被添加到大約1 0%(ν/ν)到大約 50%(ν/ν)的濃度。 具體實例99 :根據具體實例98之方法,其中用於步驟(i) 的穩定劑被添加到大約10%(v/v)到大約 20%(v/v)的濃度。 具體貫例1 0 0 .根據具體貫例6 〇到9 9之任一者的方法, 其中該方法尚包含將得自疏水性交互作用 色層分析術的洗脫物,或利用得自疏水性 父互作用色層分析術的洗脫物所製備之物 質用羥基磷灰石色層分析材質進行色層分 析術。 具體實例101 ··根據具體實例68到1〇〇之任一者的方法, 其中該方法尚包含一個步驟: 將得自階段(vii)的洗脫物或利用得自階段 (vii)的洗脫物所製備之液體在羥基磷灰石 色層分析材質上進行色層分析處理,該色 層分析包括: (V111)將從階段(vii)得到的洗脫物(稀釋過 並且pH經過調整)或利用得自階段(vii)的 200529870 洗脫物所製備之液體施加到該羥基磷灰石 色層分析材質上;Wherein, the pH of the buffer solution B is between about 8 and about 9. According to the method of specific example 87, the pH of B is about 8. Among them, the buffer solution 89 ·· According to the method of any of the specific examples 68 to 88, 78 200529870 specific example 90 specific example 91 specific example 92: specific example 93: specific example 94: specific example 95: specific example 96: The conductivity of the buffer B is greater than 50 Qin. The method according to the specific example 89, wherein the conductivity of the buffer B is greater than 70 mS / cm. According to the method of any one of specific examples 68 to 90, the second method uses the following method to treat the eluate obtained from stage (vii) or the liquid prepared by using the eluate obtained from stage ii), which The steps include: (1) adding one or more stabilizers capable of increasing the stability of the F polypeptide, the addition amount is effective to significantly improve its stability, and / or (2) adjusting the phase (Wi) The pH of the eluate, or liquid prepared using the eluate from stage (vii), to a pH between about 7 and about 9. The method according to the specific embodiment 91, wherein the stabilizer used in the step is a sugar, an alcohol or an acid: alcohol. The method according to the specific example 92, wherein the stabilizer used in step (1) is a sugar, a CfC8 alcohol or an aldol. The method according to the specific example 93, wherein the stabilizer used in the step is a polyhydric alcohol. The method according to specific example 94, wherein the stabilizer used in step (i) is selected from the group consisting of glycerin, propylene glycol, propylene β 1,3-diol, propanol, and isopropanol. The method according to specific example 95, wherein the stabilizer used in step (1) is selected from the group consisting of glycerin, propylene glycol, and propylene_1 3_79 200529870 diol. Specific example 97: According to any one of specific examples 94 to 96 + 丄% <ten thousand, wherein the stabilizer for step (1) is added to about 5% (ν / ν) to about 50% (ν / v). Specific example 98: The method according to specific example 97, wherein the stabilizer for step (1) is added to a concentration of about 10% (ν / ν) to about 50% (ν / ν). Specific Example 99: The method according to Specific Example 98, wherein the stabilizer for step (i) is added to a concentration of about 10% (v / v) to about 20% (v / v). Specific Example 10 0. The method according to any one of Specific Examples 60 to 99, wherein the method further comprises using an eluate obtained from hydrophobic interaction chromatography, or using hydrophobicity The substance prepared by the eluate of the parent interaction chromatography is subjected to chromatography using a hydroxyapatite chromatography analysis material. Specific example 101 · The method according to any one of specific examples 68 to 100, wherein the method further comprises a step of: eluting from phase (vii) or using elution from phase (vii) The liquid prepared by the product is subjected to color layer analysis processing on the hydroxyapatite color layer analysis material. The color layer analysis includes: (V111) the eluate (diluted and pH adjusted) obtained from stage (vii) or Apply the liquid prepared using the 200529870 eluate from stage (vii) to the hydroxyapatite color layer analysis material;

(ix))用緩衝液c將未結合的物質從該羥 基4灰色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液 C適用於將未能與該羥基磷灰色層分析材 質結合的物質洗脫下來;並且 (X)用緩衝液C,將該FXI多肽從該羥基磷 灰色層分析材質上洗脫下來,緩衝液c, 適用於將與該步驟(viii)中之羥基磷灰色 層分析材質結合的FXI多肽洗脫下來。 具體實例102 :根據具體實例1〇1的方法,其中緩衝液c 彳或、、爰衝液c ’包含一種或多於一種能增 加FXI多肽之穩定性的穩定劑。 具體實例103 :根據具體實例1〇1的方法,其中係將一種(ix) using buffer c to elute the unbound material from the hydroxy 4 gray layer analysis material, and buffer C is suitable for eluting the material that fails to bind to the hydroxy phosphor gray layer analysis material; and (X) Use buffer solution C to elute the FXI polypeptide from the hydroxyphosphorus gray layer analysis material, and buffer solution C, which is suitable for the FXI polypeptide that is combined with the hydroxyphosphorus gray layer analysis material in step (viii) Eluted down. Specific example 102: The method according to specific example 101, wherein the buffer solution c 彳 or 、, the wash solution c 'contains one or more than one stabilizer capable of increasing the stability of the FXI polypeptide. Specific example 103: The method according to specific example 101, in which a

穩定劑添加到含有FXI的部分收集物中, 該穩定劑是糖、醇或醛醇。 具體實例104 :根據具體實你】1〇3的方法,其中添加一種 穩定劑,該穩定劑是糖、c4_c8_醇或醛醇。 具體實例105 :根據具體實例1〇4的方法,其中添加一種 穩定劑,該穩定劑是多元醇。 具體實例1〇6:根據具體實例1〇5的方法,其中添加選自 包含甘油、丙二醇、丙-13 —二醇、丙醇和 異丙醇的穩定劑。 具體貫例107 :根據具體實例1〇6的方法,其中添加選自 81 200529870 包含甘油、丙二醇、丙-1,3 -二醇的穩定劑。 具體實例108 ··根據具體實例105到1 〇7的任一者之方 法’其中該穩定劑被添加至大約5%(v/v) 到大約50%(v/v)的濃度。 具體實例109 :根據具體實例108之方法,其中該穩定劑 被添加至大約1〇%(ν/ν)到大約50%(v/v) 的ί辰度。 具體實例110 :根據具體實例109之方法,其中該穩定劑 被添加至大約10%(ν/ν)到大約20%(ν/ν) 的》辰度。 具體實例111 ··根據具體實例110之方法,其中該穩定劑 被添加至大約l〇%(v/v)的濃度。 具體實例112:根據具體實例101到111之任一項的方 法,其中緩衝液C及/或C,具有大約5.8 到大約7.8的pH。 具體實例113:根據具體實例101到112之任一項的方 法,其中緩衝液C及/或C,具有大約6.〇 的pH。 具體實例114 : 一種包含利用具體實例60至1〇3之任一 項的方法所製備之FXI多肽的醫藥組成 物0 以下意圖作為本發明的非限制性實例。 實施例 82 200529870 實雄例j___: FXI在心鱧病患之止血上的作i 在手術前和手術後用心肺分流術從5位進行心臟手術 的病患身上取得血液。利用roTEG(旋轉式凝血彈性描記法) 以 Vig 寺人 ’(2001 年)’《Blood Coagulation &amp; Fibrinolysis》,第12期··第555頁的方法來評估FXI對 血塊形成和穩定性的作用。簡言之,凝固作用是藉由添加 Innovin(最終稀釋 1:50,0000)(Dade Behring 公司出品)和 CaCl2(最終濃度·· ι5ηΜ)於 FXI(2.5,1〇 或 25nM)(HTI/酵素 研九貝驗至,Essen)存在或不存在的狀況下起始的。纖維 _ 蛋白溶解是藉由添加4nM tPA(American Diagnostica公司 出品)。利用ROTEG-04全血止血系統旋轉式凝血彈性描記 法裝置(Pentapharm GmBH公司出品)進行測量。總體血塊 品質(OCQ)之計算為: (Max vel/tmax rel) x (tmin rel -tmax rel) 然後將OCQ相對於對照組試樣(培育在沒有任何止血 劑的條件下)進行正規化。A stabilizer is added to a portion of the collection containing FXI, and the stabilizer is a sugar, alcohol, or aldol. Specific example 104: According to the specific method of [103], a stabilizer is added, and the stabilizer is sugar, c4_c8_alcohol or aldol. Specific example 105: The method according to specific example 104, wherein a stabilizer is added, and the stabilizer is a polyhydric alcohol. Specific Example 106: The method according to Specific Example 105, wherein a stabilizer selected from the group consisting of glycerin, propylene glycol, propylene-13-diol, propanol, and isopropanol is added. Specific Example 107: The method according to specific example 106, wherein a stabilizer selected from 81 200529870 containing glycerin, propylene glycol, and propane-1,3-diol is added. Specific Example 108 · The method according to any one of Specific Examples 105 to 107, wherein the stabilizer is added to a concentration of about 5% (v / v) to about 50% (v / v). Specific example 109: The method according to specific example 108, wherein the stabilizer is added to a degree of about 10% (ν / ν) to about 50% (v / v). Specific example 110: The method according to specific example 109, wherein the stabilizer is added to a degree of about 10% (ν / ν) to about 20% (ν / ν). Specific Example 111. The method according to Specific Example 110, wherein the stabilizer is added to a concentration of about 10% (v / v). Specific example 112: The method according to any one of specific examples 101 to 111, wherein the buffer solution C and / or C has a pH of about 5.8 to about 7.8. Specific example 113: The method according to any one of specific examples 101 to 112, wherein the buffer solution C and / or C has a pH of about 6.0. Specific Example 114: A pharmaceutical composition comprising the FXI polypeptide prepared by the method of any one of Specific Examples 60 to 103. The following is intended as a non-limiting example of the present invention. Example 82 200529870 Real male case j___: Operation of FXI on hemostasis in patients with palpitations. Cardiopulmonary bypass was performed before and after surgery to obtain blood from 5 patients undergoing cardiac surgery. RoTEG (rotary thromboelastography) was used to evaluate the effect of FXI on blood clot formation and stability using the methods of Vig Temple ‘(2001)’ “Blood Coagulation &amp; Fibrinolysis”, No. 12 ·· 555. In short, the coagulation is achieved by adding Innovin (final dilution 1: 50,0000) (produced by Dade Behring) and CaCl2 (final concentration · 5ηΜ) in FXI (2.5, 10 or 25nM) (HTI / enzyme Jiu Bei inspected, Essen) started in the presence or absence. Fiber _ proteolysis is by adding 4nM tPA (produced by American Diagnostica). The measurement was performed using a ROTEG-04 whole blood hemostasis system with a rotary coaguloelastography device (produced by Pentapharm GmBH). The overall clot quality (OCQ) was calculated as: (Max vel / tmax rel) x (tmin rel -tmax rel) The OCQ was then normalized relative to the control sample (incubated without any hemostatic agent).

…結果顯示在圖!之中。FXI相當地增進了總體血塊的 形成並且在FXI存在下所形成的血塊對於纖維蛋白溶解作 用具有增加的抵抗力。 在正常血液史的作用 乂液係得自四位正常對象,以及FXI對血塊形成白 用是藉由如實施例丨所述的rOTeg來進行評估。 圖2列舉說明FXI會在正常血液中引起與 OCQ增加。 83 200529870 實施例3:受醣化作用破壞的FXI吝狀之活性 利用標準的方法學建構含有以下取代基的FXI變異體 並且在轉移感染後於HEK293細胞中予以表現。從37。(:培 養96小時的細胞收集粗製細胞培養物之上澄液。用實施 例1所述的ROTEG測量FXI的活性。 結果顯示在以下的表中。 蛋白質 以%期望值表示的FXI活性 NHP(正常的人類血漿)(3 InM FXI) 106 FXI N72Q-l,2nM 42 FXIN108Q-l,3nM 62 FXI N335Q-0,4nM 75 FXI N432Q-l?2nM 33 FXI N473Q-0,6nM 83 實施例4 : FXI調配物的貯存穩定性 製備以下的FXI溶液並且在5°C貯存5週,然後用實 施例1所述的方法測定FXI的活性。 1.3 84nM FXI 溶於 4mM 乙酸鹽,150mM NaC卜 pH5.4 2·190ηΜ FXI 溶於 50mM 乙酸鹽緩衝液,150mM NaCn, pH5.4 3·190ηΜ FXI溶於50mM乙酸鹽緩衝液,150mM NaC卜 ρΗ5·4,ImM CaCl2 4.190nM FXI溶於5〇mM乙酸鹽缓衝液,75mM NaC卜 PH5.4,300毫克/毫升蔗糖… The results are shown in the picture! Being. FXI considerably enhances the formation of overall blood clots and the blood clots formed in the presence of FXI have increased resistance to fibrinolytic effects. Role in normal blood history The diarrhea was obtained from four normal subjects, and FXI was used to evaluate the formation of blood clots using rOTeg as described in Example 丨. Figure 2 illustrates that FXI causes an increase in OCQ in normal blood. 83 200529870 Example 3: FXI maggot-like activity disrupted by saccharification. FXI variants containing the following substituents were constructed using standard methodology and expressed in HEK293 cells after metastatic infection. From 37. (: Cells cultured for 96 hours Collect crude cell culture supernatants. FXI activity was measured using ROTEG as described in Example 1. The results are shown in the table below. FXI activity NHP (normal Human plasma) (3 InM FXI) 106 FXI N72Q-1, 2nM 42 FXIN108Q-1, 3nM 62 FXI N335Q-0, 4nM 75 FXI N432Q-1? 2nM 33 FXI N473Q-0, 6nM 83 Example 4: FXI formulation Storage stability The following FXI solution was prepared and stored at 5 ° C for 5 weeks, and then the activity of FXI was determined by the method described in Example 1. 1.3 84nM FXI was dissolved in 4mM acetate, 150mM NaC, pH 5.4 2.190 nM FXI is dissolved in 50 mM acetate buffer, 150 mM NaCn, pH 5.4 3.190ηΜ FXI is dissolved in 50 mM acetate buffer, 150 mM NaC ρ 5.4, ImM CaCl2 4.190 nM FXI is dissolved in 50 mM acetate buffer, 75 mM NaC pH 5.4, 300 mg / ml sucrose

5·190ηΜ FXI 溶於 50mM MES 緩衝液,ρΗ6·5,150mM5.190nM FXI in 50mM MES buffer, ρΗ6.5, 150mM

NaCl 6·190ηΜ FXI 溶於 5〇mM MES 緩衝液,ρΗ6·5,150mM NaCJ,ImM CaCl2 200529870NaCl 6.190ηΜ FXI dissolved in 50mM MES buffer, pH 6.5, 150mM NaCJ, ImM CaCl2 200529870

7·190ηΜ FXI 溶於 5〇ηιΜ MES 緩衝液,pH6 5,75mM7.190nM FXI in 50nm MES buffer, pH 6 5, 75mM

NaCl ’ 300 ^:克/宅升嚴糖 結果顯不於圖3之中。 结合肽 進行以下的實驗以鑑定與FXI結合的肽。 1.胜狀庫(peptide libraries)的合成·· 以下文庫的合成是利用Fmoc固相肽合成在得自RappNaCl ′ 300 ^: g / zengshengyan sugar The results are not shown in Figure 3. Binding peptides The following experiments were performed to identify peptides that bind to FXI. 1. Synthesis of peptide libraries ... The following libraries were synthesized using Fmoc solid-phase peptides from Rapp

Polymere公司(德國)的Tentagei樹脂珠粒上進行的。三種 不同的胜肽粒庫係用於篩選。它們的名稱是BU2i、BUM 和 BL123。 文庫B L 1 2 1的形式為·· 〇】-〇2-〇3-〇4-〇5-〇6-〇7-〇8-〇9-0^〇1「0】2_〇】3_〇】4Polymere (Germany) on Tentagei resin beads. Three different peptide libraries were used for screening. Their names are BU2i, BUM, and BL123. The format of library BL 1 2 1 is ... 〇] -〇2-〇3-〇4-〇5-〇6-〇7-〇8-〇9-0 ^ 〇1 "0" 2_〇] 3_ 〇】 4

Tentagel樹脂,其中〇n是L_胺基酸且η=ι,2和n,12 可為除了甲硫胺酸和半胱胺酸以外任何產生蛋白質的乙_胺Tentagel resin, where On is L-amino acid and η = ι, 2 and n, 12 can be any ethylamine which produces protein except methionine and cysteine

文庫BL122的形式為·· 14可為除了甲 I白質的L-胺The library BL122 is in the form of 14 and can be L-amine in addition to formaldehyde I

脂,其中On是L-胺基酸且 可為除了甲硫胺酸和半 胱胺酸以外任何產生蛋白質的L-胺基酸。 2 ·篩選胜狀粒庫 的重組因子χι並且根據標準的實驗室 購買得自血液學技術公司(Heamat〇i〇gic Techi_g㈣ 方法予以生物素化。 85 200529870 然後將5微升因子XI(1,2//M)和1微升鏈抗生物素蛋白-鹼 性 構 酸 水解酶 (streptavidin-alkaline phosphatase)(lmg/ml,Sigma公司出品)分別添加到3個合 成的胜肽粒庫BL121、BL122和BL124中,並且容許培育 大約2-3小時。該培育緩衝液為15mM TRIS-HCH,ρΗ=7·4, 0.15Μ NaCl,0.5%牛血清白蛋白(BSA)和 0.05%Tween20。 用沖洗緩衝液(M TRIS-HC1,pH=7.4,0.15M NaCl 和 0.05%Tween20)沖洗之後,將BCIP和NBT添加入呈色緩 衝液(50mM TRIS-HC1 ,ρΗ=8·8 ,0.15M NaCl 和 0.05%Tween20和15mM MgCl2)並且容許呈色作用進行30 分鐘到1.5小時。 3.序列測定 將活性藍珠從文庫中移除並且用 Edman定序儀 (Procise,應用生物系統公司出品)予以定序。 結果: 根據本發明在文庫BL121、BL122和BL123中發現的 特定因子XI和似因子XI之結合肽包括含有條列如下之胺 基酸序列的肽:Lipids, where On is L-amino acid and may be any L-amino acid that produces proteins other than methionine and cysteine. 2. Screen the recombinant factor χι of the mitochondrial library and purchase it from a Hematology Technology Company (Heamatiogic Techi_g㈣ method) according to standard laboratory biotinylation methods. 85 200529870 Then 5 microliters of Factor XI (1,2 // M) and 1 microliter of streptavidin-alkaline phosphatase (lmg / ml, produced by Sigma) were added to the three synthetic peptide libraries BL121, BL122 and BL124, and allowed to incubate for about 2-3 hours. The incubation buffer is 15mM TRIS-HCH, ρ = 7.4, 0.15M NaCl, 0.5% bovine serum albumin (BSA), and 0.05% Tween20. Rinse buffer (M TRIS-HC1, pH = 7.4, 0.15M NaCl and 0.05% Tween20) After washing, add BCIP and NBT to the coloring buffer (50mM TRIS-HC1, ρΗ = 8 · 8, 0.15M NaCl and 0.05% Tween20 And 15 mM MgCl2) and allow coloration for 30 minutes to 1.5 hours. 3. Sequence determination Remove the active blue beads from the library and sequence them with an Edman sequencer (Procise, manufactured by Applied Biosystems). Results: In the libraries BL121, BL122 and BL123 according to the invention Now the specific factor XI and factor XI-like binding peptides include peptides comprising the amino acid sequence of an amine of the article as follows:

在BL121中發現的序列 SEQ ID NO:03: SRWPWSVFPDFPD SEQ ID NO:04: DVWDYVVFDDFPS SEQ ID NO:05: QRWVPYDDFPSLRS SEQ ID NO:06: RHFHVFPDFPFVH SEQ ID NO:07: HHFPPFSHFPDLPQ 200529870Sequence found in BL121 SEQ ID NO: 03: SRWPWSVFPDFPD SEQ ID NO: 04: DVWDYVVFDDFPS SEQ ID NO: 05: QRWVPYDDFPSLRS SEQ ID NO: 06: RHFHVFPDFPFVH SEQ ID NO: 07: HHFPPFSHFPDLPQ 200529870

SEQ ID NO:08: RRLPLSRLPDFP SEQ ID NO:09: HPFFRGYPDFPD SEQ ID NO:10: HPWHLVYPDFPS SEQ ID NO:l 1: HDWLVRWPDFPS SEQ ID NO:12: SHFWRQWPDFSD SEQ ID NO:13: PQLRWHDFPDFGS SEQ ID NO:14: VVWRHWQDFDQFVV SEQ ID NO:15: VDWQWSRFDDFPS SEQ ID NO:16: HPWFDDFPHLFQ 得自文庫BL122的序列 SEQ ID NO:17: YKWIHHDDFPLV SEQ ID NO:18: FDRKRVHPDFPH SEQ ID NO:19: DVWDYVVFDDFPS SEQ ID NO:20: QQPIQRFPDFP SEQ ID NO:21: QAIFTRFPDFPN SEQ ID NO:22: EWFPDFPEGSDG SEQ ID NO:23: HTHAFPDFPPH SEQ ID NO:24: LVKGFPDFPNHN SEQ ID NO:25: GPFPYAYEDFPE SEQ ID NO:26: FYLKTRYYDFPE SEQ ID NO:27: FQARHTIGDFPA SEQ ID NO:28: RIKDFPSDSNTV SEQ ID NO:29: IWESHKVIEDFP SEQ ID NO:30: QWFSVSRYQDFD 87 200529870SEQ ID NO: 08: RRLPLSRLPDFP SEQ ID NO: 09: HPFFRGYPDFPD SEQ ID NO: 10: HPWHLVYPDFPS SEQ ID NO: l 1: HDWLVRWPDFPS SEQ ID NO: 12: SHFWRQWPDFSD SEQ ID NO: 13: PQLRWHDFPDFGS SEQ ID NO: 14: VVWRHWQDFDQFVVV SEQ ID NO: 15: VDWQWSRFDDFPS SEQ ID NO: 16: HPWFDDFPHLFLFQ Sequence from library BL122 SEQ ID NO: 17: YKWIHHDDFPLV SEQ ID NO: 18: FDRKRVHPDFPH SEQ ID NO: 19: DVWDYVVFDDFPS SEQ ID NO: 20: QQPIQRFPDFP SEQ ID NO: 21: QAIFTRFPDFPN SEQ ID NO: 22: EWFPDFPEGSDG SEQ ID NO: 23: HTHAFPDFPPH SEQ ID NO: 24: LVKGFPDFPNHN SEQ ID NO: 25: GPFPYAYEDFPE SEQ ID NO: 26: FYLKTRYYDFPE SEQ ID NO: 27: FQARHTIGDFPA SEQ ID NO : 28: RIKDFPSDSNTV SEQ ID NO: 29: IWESHKVIEDFP SEQ ID NO: 30: QWFSVSRYQDFD 87 200529870

SEQIDNO:31: QKDFHWRILPDF SEQ ID NO:32: KIVKFPHTFPDL SEQ ID NO:33: HLYDFDLDNEY SEQ ID NO:34: KTILGDVDFDI SEQ ID NO:35: RQLHPFHHFHG SEQ ID NO:36: RSWLRYGYGH SEQ ID NO:37: FNWNNVDEYYDW SEQ ID NO:38: DQWDWEDYDEAW SEQ ID NO:39: YDIYDDYEIWA 在文庫BL124中發現的序列 SEQ ID NO:40: YPKHIYADFPSTRL SEQ ID NO:41: YPRHIYPDFPTDTT SEQ ID NO:42: YLKHAWPDFPKLQQ SEQ ID NO:43: YVRHRFEDFPTALP SEQ ID NO:44: FPWHKYEDFPSPRT SEQ ID NO:45: QPAHRYPDFPRNNH SEQ ID NO:46: LPKTRFLDFPHVSF SEQ ID NO:47: LPPARYPDFPAAKK SEQ ID NO:48: IPKNRFSDFPDAQG SEQ ID NO:49: LPSFRFPDFPATKT SEQ ID NO:50: RVLNRYPDFPTTNQ SEQ ID NO:51: FFKKTYADFPTSQT SEQ ID NO:52: IFKKTYEDFPRFVY SEQ ID NO:53: VLHNKYDDFPRVKK 88 200529870SEQIDNO: 31: QKDFHWRILPDF SEQ ID NO: 32: KIVKFPHTFPDL SEQ ID NO: 33: HLYDFDLDNEY SEQ ID NO: 34: KTILGDVDFDI SEQ ID NO: 35: RQLHPFHHFHG SEQ ID NO: 36: RSWLRYGYGH SEQ ID NO: 37: FNWNNVDEYYDW SEQ ID NO : 38: DQWDWEDYDEAW SEQ ID NO: 39: YDIYDDYEIWA sequence found in library BL124 SEQ ID NO: 40: YPKHIYADFPSTRL SEQ ID NO: 41: YPRHIYPDFPTDTT SEQ ID NO: 42: YLKHAWPDFPKLQQ SEQ ID NO: 43: YVRHRFEDFPTALP SEQ ID NO: 44: FPWHKYEDFPSPRT SEQ ID NO: 45: QPAHRYPDFPRNNH SEQ ID NO: 46: LPKTRFLDFPHVSF SEQ ID NO: 47: LPPARYPDFPAAKK SEQ ID NO: 48: IPKNRFSDFPDAQG SEQ ID NO: 49: LPSFRFPDFPATKT SEQ ID NO: 50: RVLNRYPDFPTTNQ SEQ ID NO : FFKKTYADFPTSQT SEQ ID NO: 52: IFKKTYEDFPRFVY SEQ ID NO: 53: VLHNKYDDFPRVKK 88 200529870

SEQ ID NO:54: KVKHRFNDFPVWGN 茲結論是有用的FXI結合肽包括具有Asp-Phe-Pro核 心胺基酸模體者。 實施例6 用離心或過濾將細胞從哺乳動物的細胞培養物與上澄 液分開。添加苄胖和EDTA使最終濃度為ImM。 實施例7 利用Obelix ST CIEX(商品目錄編號1 1-0010)之第一種 陽离I交換色層分析術&quot; 用5個管柱體積(cv)的緩衝液A使Ob el ix基質平衡, 並且將等於1 50毫升的上澄液/每毫升充填管柱的裝載物施 加到該管柱上。用 4cv的緩衝液A(30mM Tris,ρΗ8·0)沖 洗管柱,然後用5cv的緩衝液A’(50mM Tris 50%甘油87%, ρΗ9·0)沖洗之。然後用5cv的緩衝液A’(50mM Tris 50%甘 油87%,1M NaCl,ρΗ9·0)進行溶離。流速是16cv/小時, 溫度是〇-l〇°C。用lMNaOH使管柱再生。在大約50%尖峰 高處收集部分收集物,把第一個尖峰洗脫液倒掉但是接下 來的主峰含有 FXI。以 ΗΡΙΧ(νζ·&amp; k/M)使用 C4 Jupiter Phenomonex (商品目錄編號 OOG-4167-EO,4.6x250mm) 和 SDS-PAGE 在 NUpage4-12% Bis/Tris 膠體(Invitrogen 公 司出品)上使用MOPS電泳緩衝液(running buffer)於還原條 件下對含有FXI多肽的部分收集物進行分析。將苄胖和 EDTA添加到含有FXI多肽的部分收集物(至ImM)且在冰 箱中保持在大約4。(:,或者在-80°C予以冷凍,直到有進一 89 200529870 步的用途。 對於Obelix ST CIEX而言,可取代者為Streamline Direct CST(Amersham 公司的商品目錄編號 1 7-5266-03)。 (圖4’製備用的色層分析描圖)。 實施例8 利用丁基瑾脂糖高性能高取代(商品目錄編號17-3100) 進行疏水性交互作用的色層分析游 將1.5倍體積含有2M NaCl,40mM Tris pH8的緩衝液 添加到得自實施例7之含有FXI多肽之合併的部分收集物 中’把pH調整到8.2若其尚未介於8.0和8.4之間。用3cv 的緩衝液B(1M NaCH,20mM Tris,ρΗ8·0)使丁基璦脂糖高 性能局取代基質平衡,並將相當於1 mg/nii的裝載物施加 到I柱上。然後用2cv的緩衝液b沖洗管柱,然後進行梯 度洗脫,從緩衝液B到1〇〇%洗脫緩衝液B,(2〇mM Tris pH8 〇) 超過2〇CV,接著用2cv之100%的洗脫緩衝液B,。流速 是12cv/小時,溫度是〇_1(rc。在大約1〇cv的溶離之後收 集部分收集物直到15cv。以ΗΡΙΧ(νΰ^/νβ)使用C4 Jupiter Phenomonex (商品目錄編號 〇〇g_4167_e〇 ,sDS-PA〇E,NUpage,12%Bls^ 司出品)上使用MOPS電泳緩衝液(running buffer)於還原條 件下對含有FXI多肽的部分收集物進行分析。立即添加Μ 體積的丙二醇到含t FXI多肽之部分收集物的匯隼物中至 其最終濃度為肌⑽)丙二醇,將所得到的匯集物保存在 大約代,或者予以冷滚,直到有進—步的用途。 200529870 對於丁基瓊脂糖高性能高取代而言,可取代者為苯基 瓊脂糖咼性能高取代。此種可擇而代之基質會造成較晚被 洗脫出來(圖5,製備用的色層分析描圖)。 實施例9 利里i Ϊ 基磷灰石(_BJ^Rad 1司商品目錄編 號157-0.0g0)進鱗灰石色層分析術 將得自實施例8之含有FXI_多肽的部分收集物之匯集 物的pH調整到6.0,並將丨個體積的水添加至其導電度低 於20mS/cm。用6cv緩衝液c使第I型羥基磷灰石20μηι 基質平衡,然後施加相當於5mg/ml膠體的裝載物至該管 柱。然後用15cv的緩衝液c(20mM K-P〇4,pH6 〇)沖洗管 柱,並用含有95%緩衝液C和5%緩衝液c,(2〇mMK_p〇4, 2M NaCn’ ρΗ6·0)的緩衝液做為沖洗步驟。進行5%〇,到 100%C’的梯度洗脫並將FXI多肽洗脫在小的部份收集物 中。該含有FXI多肽部分收集物的匯聚物之導電度大約是 60mS/cm且pH大約是6.〇。以hPLC(W&amp; k加)使用C4 Jupiter Phen〇monex (商品目錄編號 〇〇g_4167_e〇,4 6χ 250mm)和 SDS-PAGE 在 NUpage4-12% Bis/Tris 膠體 (Invhrogen公司出品)上使用M〇ps電泳緩衝液 buffer)於還原條件下對含有FXI多肽的部分收集物進行分 析。HPLC的純度是&gt;97%且FXI的濃度大約為12mg/mi。 收集該具#高純度之含FXI㈣分收集物並且添加丙 二醇至其最終濃度為1〇%ν/ν,並且貯存在低於_2〇。〇(圖6, 製備用的色層分析描圖)。 91 200529870 實施例ίο HPLC分析程序 使用C4 Jupiter Phenomonex (商品目錄編號0〇〇-4167-EO,4.6x250mm)並且採用如下的緩衝液進行高性能 液體色層分析術(HPLC ;請參考以上的實施例7_9): 緩衝液1 : 0.1%TFA在水中 緩衝液 11 : 〇.〇7%TFA 在 CH3CN 中SEQ ID NO: 54: KVKHRFNDFPVWGN It is concluded that useful FXI-binding peptides include those having an Asp-Phe-Pro core amino motif. Example 6 Separate cells from mammalian cell cultures with supernatant by centrifugation or filtration. Add benzyl fat and EDTA to a final concentration of ImM. Example 7: Obelix ST CIEX (Cat. No. 1 1-0010), the first positive ion exchange chromatography method, was used to equilibrate the Ob el ix matrix with 5 column volumes (cv) of buffer A. And a load equal to 150 ml of the supernatant / per ml of the packed column was applied to the column. The column was washed with 4 cv of Buffer A (30 mM Tris, ρΗ8 · 0), and then washed with 5 cv of Buffer A '(50 mM Tris 50% glycerol 87%, ρΗ9 · 0). Then, 5 cv of buffer A '(50 mM Tris 50% glycerol 87%, 1M NaCl, ρΗ9 · 0) was used for dissociation. The flow rate was 16 cv / hour and the temperature was 0-10 ° C. The column was regenerated with 1M NaOH. Collect a portion of the collection at approximately 50% of the peak height. Discard the first peak eluent but the next main peak contains FXI. C4 Jupiter Phenomonex (Cat. No. OUG-4167-EO, 4.6x250mm) and SDS-PAGE were used for MOPS electrophoresis on NUpage4-12% Bis / Tris colloid (produced by Invitrogen) using HPI (νζ · &amp; k / M). A running buffer was used to analyze a portion of the FXI polypeptide-containing collection under reducing conditions. Benzyl fat and EDTA were added to a partial collection (to ImM) containing FXI polypeptide and kept at approximately 4 in the freezer. (:, Or refrigerate at -80 ° C until it can be used in step 89 200529870. For Obelix ST CIEX, the alternative is Streamline Direct CST (Amersham's catalog number 1 7-5266-03). (Figure 4 'Chromatographic analysis drawing for preparation.) Example 8 The chromatographic analysis of hydrophobic interactions using butyl galactose with high performance and high substitution (catalog number 17-3100) will contain 1.5M volume containing 2M NaCl, 40 mM Tris pH 8 buffer was added to the pooled partial collection containing FXI polypeptide from Example 7 'adjust the pH to 8.2 if it is not already between 8.0 and 8.4. Use 3 cv of buffer B (1 M NaCH (20 mM Tris, ρΗ8 · 0) equilibrate the high-performance butyl lipobromide-substitute matrix and equilibrate a load equivalent to 1 mg / nii onto the I column. Then rinse the column with 2 cv buffer b, then Gradient elution was performed, from buffer B to 100% elution buffer B (20 mM Tris pH 80) exceeding 20 CV, followed by 100% elution buffer B with 2 cv. The flow rate was 12 cv / Hr, the temperature is 0_1 (rc. Fractions are collected after about 10 cv dissolution The aggregates were collected until 15 cv. MOPS electrophoresis buffer (running buffer) was used on CPI Juxer Phenomonex (Cat. No. 〇〇g_4167_e〇, sDS-PA〇E, NUpage, 12% Bls ^ company) using HPI (νΰ ^ / νβ) ) Analyze partial collections containing FXI polypeptide under reducing conditions. Immediately add M volumes of propylene glycol to the pool of partial collections containing t FXI polypeptide to a final concentration of myocardium.) Propylene glycol. The collection is stored at about 1 generation, or cold rolled until further use. 200529870 For the high performance and high substitution of butyl agarose, the substitute is phenyl agarose with high performance. This kind of alternative Substituting the matrix will cause it to elute later (Figure 5, chromatographic analysis drawing for preparation). Example 9 Lilly Ϊ Apatite (_BJ ^ Rad 1 Division Catalog Number 157-0.0g0) Scaly graystone analysis adjusted the pH of the pool of partial collections containing FXI peptides obtained in Example 8 to 6.0, and added a volume of water to a conductivity below 20 mS / cm. Use type 6cv buffer c to make type I hydroxyphosphorus 20 μηι matrix was equilibrated, and then a load equivalent to 5 mg / ml of colloid was applied to the column. The column was then washed with 15 cv of buffer c (20 mM KP04, pH 60), and 95% buffer C and 5 were used. % Buffer c, (20 mM K_po4, 2M NaCn 'ρΗ6.0 ·) buffer was used as a washing step. A gradient elution of 5% to 100% C 'was performed and the FXI polypeptide was eluted in a small fraction of the collection. The conductivity of the aggregate containing the partial collection of FXI polypeptides was about 60 mS / cm and the pH was about 6.0. C4 Jupiter Phenomonex (Cat. No. 0〇g_4167_e〇, 46 × 250mm) and SDS-PAGE were used for hPLC (W &amp; K plus) on NUpage 4-12% Bis / Tris colloid (manufactured by Invhrogen) using Mops An electrophoresis buffer (buffer) was used to analyze a portion of the FXI polypeptide-containing collection under reducing conditions. The purity of HPLC was> 97% and the concentration of FXI was about 12 mg / mi. The #XI high purity FXI-containing fraction collection was collected and propylene glycol was added to a final concentration of 10% ν / ν, and stored below -20. 〇 (Figure 6, chromatographic drawing for preparation). 91 200529870 Example: The HPLC analysis program uses C4 Jupiter Phenomonex (Cat. No. 00-4167-EO, 4.6x250mm) and uses the following buffer solution for high performance liquid chromatography (HPLC; please refer to the above examples) 7_9): Buffer 1: 0.1% TFA in water Buffer 11: 〇.〇7% TFA in CH3CN

用75〇/〇(ν/ν)緩衝液〗與25%(v/v)緩衝液π的混合物進 行管柱的平衡經過5分鐘(流速為丨毫升/分鐘)。 利用75%緩衝液I與25%緩衝液π到39%緩衝液!與 61%緩衝液Π的梯度進行管柱的洗脫,經超過18分鐘的 時間(流速為1毫升/分鐘)。 刊用 使管柱再 把從2到 所有 考文獻均 本發 的詳細說 專利申請 【圖 圖1 液的總體 圖2 100%緩衝液Π沖洗2分鐘(流速為〇 5毫升/分南 生。所採用的偵測波長為214nm。溫度是50〇c 50微克的試樣裝載到管柱上。 本說明書所提到的的專利、專利申請案、以及Equilibrate the column with a mixture of 750 / 〇 (ν / ν) buffer and 25% (v / v) buffer π for 5 minutes (flow rate is 丨 ml / min). Use 75% Buffer I and 25% Buffer π to 39% Buffer! The column was eluted with a gradient of 61% buffer solution over 18 minutes (flow rate 1 ml / min). The publication uses the column to rinse all the documents from 2 to 2 in detail. The patent application [figure 1 of the whole solution of the liquid 2 100% buffer solution Ⅱ rinse for 2 minutes (flow rate of 0.05 ml / min Nansheng. Institute The detection wavelength used is 214 nm. A sample with a temperature of 50 ° C and 50 micrograms is loaded on the column. The patents, patent applications mentioned in this specification, and

以其完整的内容併於本說明書中。 明的許多變更對於孰習太蓺 …、白本技藝者而言能鑒於以. 明而得到建議。此種_ 禋顯而易知的變更包含在所丨 範圍所欲的完整範疇之内。 式簡單說明】 是增加量的FXI對於徂白、、艇、车 丁於侍自〜贓手術前後 血塊品質影響的圖示。 是增加量的FXI對於得 于目止吊對象血液的總體 92 200529870 塊品質影響的圖示。 圖3是不同的FXI調配物在5〇c貯存%天以後的生 物活性圖示。 圖4是使用如實施例7所敘述之〇belixSTCIEx(目錄 編號11-GG1G)而得自第-種陽離子交換色層分析術之含因 子XI多肽之部份的製備用色層分析圖。 圖5是使用如實施例8所敘述之丁基複脂糖高性能高 取代(Buty丨 Sepharose High Perf〇rmance 出冲 Subs出此 (目錄編號17-3100)而得自疏水性交互作用色層分析術之含_ 因子XI多肽之部分的製備用色層分析圖。 圖6是使用如實施例9所描述之CHT羥基磷灰石第工 梨BioRad(目錄編號157-0020)而得自羥基磷灰石色層分 析術之含有因子XI多肽之部分的製備用色層分析圖。曰刀 【主要元件符號說明】 益For its complete content and in this manual. Many changes to the Ming Dynasty can be suggested to the artist in the light of the Ming Dynasty. Such obvious changes are included in the complete scope of the desired scope. Brief description of the formula] It is a graphic illustration of the effect of increasing the amount of FXI on the quality of blood clots before and after surgery. This is a graphical representation of the effect of increased amounts of FXI on the quality of a subject's blood. Figure 3 is a graphical representation of the biological activity of different FXI formulations after 50% storage for 5 days. Figure 4 is a chromatogram for the preparation of the fraction containing the factor XI polypeptide from the first cation exchange chromatograph using Obelix STCIEx (catalog number 11-GG1G) as described in Example 7. FIG. 5 is a hydrophobic interaction chromatography analysis using Buty Sepharose High Perfance (Cat. No. 17-3100) as described in Example 8. Chromatographic analysis diagram for the preparation of the fraction containing the factor XI polypeptide. Figure 6 is obtained from hydroxyapatite using CHT hydroxyapatite Digong Pear BioRad (catalog number 157-0020) as described in Example 9. Chromatographic analysis chart for the preparation of the part containing the factor XI polypeptide by stone chromatographic analysis. Knife [Description of the main component symbols]

93 6762Ή0529870 序列表 &lt;110〉諾佛·儂迪克股份有限公司 5 &lt;120&gt;因子XI的治療用途 &lt;130&gt; 6762 10 &lt;160&gt; 2 &lt;170〉 Patentln version 3.2 15 &lt;210&gt; 1 &lt;211&gt; 607 &lt;212&gt; PRT &lt;213&gt; 血漿 &lt;400&gt; 1 2093 6762 Ή 0529870 Sequence Listing &lt; 110> Norfolk Nondick Corporation 5 &lt; 120 &gt; Therapeutic Use of Factor XI &lt; 130 &gt; 6762 10 &lt; 160 &gt; 2 &lt; 170> Patentln version 3.2 15 &lt; 210 &gt; 1 &lt; 211 &gt; 607 &lt; 212 &gt; PRT &lt; 213 &gt; Plasma &lt; 400 &gt; 1 20

Glu Cys Val Thr Gin Leu Leu Lys Asp Thr Cys Phe Glu Gly Gly Asp 15 10 15 25 lie Thr Thr Val Phe Thr Pro Ser Ala Lys Tyr Cys Gin Val Val Cys 20 25 30Glu Cys Val Thr Gin Leu Leu Lys Asp Thr Cys Phe Glu Gly Gly Asp 15 10 15 25 lie Thr Thr Val Phe Thr Pro Ser Ala Lys Tyr Cys Gin Val Val Cys 20 25 30

Thr Tyr His Pro Arg Cys Leu Leu Phe Thr Phe Thr Ala Glu Ser Pro 30 35 40 45Thr Tyr His Pro Arg Cys Leu Leu Phe Thr Phe Thr Ala Glu Ser Pro 30 35 40 45

Ser Glu Asp Pro Thr Arg Trp Phe Thr Cys Val Leu Lys Asp Ser Val 50 55 60 35 2 672祕29870Ser Glu Asp Pro Thr Arg Trp Phe Thr Cys Val Leu Lys Asp Ser Val 50 55 60 35 2 672

Thr Glu Thr Leu Pro Arg Val Asn Arg Thr Ala Ala lie Ser Gly Tyr 65 70 75 80Thr Glu Thr Leu Pro Arg Val Asn Arg Thr Ala Ala lie Ser Gly Tyr 65 70 75 80

Ser Phe Lys Gin Cys Ser His Gin lie Ser Ala Cys Asn Lys Asp lie 85 90 95 10 Tyr Val Asp Leu Asp Met Lys Gly 工le Asn Tyr Asn Ser Ser Val Ala 100 105 110Ser Phe Lys Gin Cys Ser His Gin lie Ser Ala Cys Asn Lys Asp lie 85 90 95 10 Tyr Val Asp Leu Asp Met Lys Gly Gong le Asn Tyr Asn Ser Ser Val Ala 100 105 110

Lys Ser Ala Gin Glu Cys Gin Glu Arg Cys Thr Asp Asp Val His Cys 15 115 120 125Lys Ser Ala Gin Glu Cys Gin Glu Arg Cys Thr Asp Asp Val His Cys 15 115 120 125

His Phe Phe Thr Tyr Ala Thr Arg Gin Phe Pro Ser Leu Glu His Arg 130 135 140 20His Phe Phe Thr Tyr Ala Thr Arg Gin Phe Pro Ser Leu Glu His Arg 130 135 140 20

Asn lie Cys Leu Leu Lys His Thr Gin Thr Gly Thr Pro Thr Arg lie 145 150 155 160 25Asn lie Cys Leu Leu Lys His Thr Gin Thr Gly Thr Pro Thr Arg lie 145 150 155 160 25

Thr Lys Leu Asp Lys Val Val Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu Lys Ser Cys Ala 165 170 175 30 Leu Ser Asn Leu Ala Cys 工le Arg Asp lie Phe Pro Asn Thr Val Phe 180 185 190Thr Lys Leu Asp Lys Val Val Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu Lys Ser Cys Ala 165 170 175 30 Leu Ser Asn Leu Ala Cys Arg Asp lie Phe Pro Asn Thr Val Phe 180 185 190

Ala Asp Ser Asn lie Asp Ser Val Met Ala Pro Asp Ala Phe Val Cys 35 195 200 205 3 67爾529870Ala Asp Ser Asn lie Asp Ser Val Met Ala Pro Asp Ala Phe Val Cys 35 195 200 205 3 67 529 870

Gly Arg lie Cys Thr His His Pro Gly Cys Leu Phe Phe Thr Phe Phe 210 215 220 5Gly Arg lie Cys Thr His His Pro Gly Cys Leu Phe Phe Thr Phe Phe 210 215 220 5

Ser Gin Glu Trp Pro Lys Glu Ser Gin Arg Asn Leu Cys Leu Leu Lys 225 230 235 240 10Ser Gin Glu Trp Pro Lys Glu Ser Gin Arg Asn Leu Cys Leu Leu Lys 225 230 235 240 10

Thr Ser Glu Ser Gly Leu Pro Ser Thr Arg lie Lys Lys Ser Lys Ala 245 250 255 15 Leu Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu Gin Ser Cys Arg His Ser lie Pro Val Phe 260 265 270Thr Ser Glu Ser Gly Leu Pro Ser Thr Arg lie Lys Lys Ser Lys Ala 245 250 255 15 Leu Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu Gin Ser Cys Arg His Ser lie Pro Val Phe 260 265 270

Cys His Ser Ser Phe Tyr His Asp Thr Asp Phe Leu Gly Glu Glu Leu 20 275 280 285Cys His Ser Ser Phe Tyr His Asp Thr Asp Phe Leu Gly Glu Glu Leu 20 275 280 285

Asp lie Val Ala Ala Lys Ser His Glu Ala Cys Gin Lys Leu Cys Thr 290 295 300 25Asp lie Val Ala Ala Lys Ser His Glu Ala Cys Gin Lys Leu Cys Thr 290 295 300 25

Asn Ala Val Arg Cys Gin Phe Phe Thr Tyr Thr Pro Ala Gin Ala Ser 305 310 315 320 30Asn Ala Val Arg Cys Gin Phe Phe Thr Tyr Thr Pro Ala Gin Ala Ser 305 310 315 320 30

Cys Asn Glu Gly Lys Gly Lys Cys Tyr Leu Lys Leu Ser Ser Asn Gly 325 330 335 4 6爾529870Cys Asn Glu Gly Lys Gly Lys Cys Tyr Leu Lys Leu Ser Ser Asn Gly 325 330 335 4 6 529 870

Ser Pro Thr Lys lie Leu His Gly Arg Gly Gly lie Ser Gly Tyr Thr 340 345 350 5 Leu Arg Leu Cys Lys Met Asp Asn Glu Cys Thr Thr Lys lie Lys Pro 355 360 365Ser Pro Thr Lys lie Leu His Gly Arg Gly Gly lie Ser Gly Tyr Thr 340 345 350 5 5 Leu Arg Leu Cys Lys Met Asp Asn Glu Cys Thr Thr Lys lie Lys Pro 355 360 365

Arg lie Val Gly Gly Thr Ala Ser Val Arg Gly Glu Trp Pro Trp Gin 10 370 375 380Arg lie Val Gly Gly Thr Ala Ser Val Arg Gly Glu Trp Pro Trp Gin 10 370 375 380

Val Thr Leu His Thr Thr Ser Pro Thr Gin Arg His Leu Cys Gly Gly 385 390 395 400 15Val Thr Leu His Thr Thr Ser Pro Thr Gin Arg His Leu Cys Gly Gly 385 390 395 400 15

Ser lie lie Gly Asn Gin Trp lie Leu Thr Ala Ala His Cys Phe Tyr 405 410 415 20Ser lie lie Gly Asn Gin Trp lie Leu Thr Ala Ala His Cys Phe Tyr 405 410 415 20

Gly Val Glu Ser Pro Lys lie Leu Arg Val Tyr Ser Gly lie Leu Asn 420 425 430 25 Gin Ser Glu lie Lys Glu Asp Thr Ser Phe Phe Gly Val Gin Glu lie 435 440 445 lie lie His Asp Gin Tyr Lys Met Ala Glu Ser Gly Tyr Asp lie Ala 30 450 455 460Gly Val Glu Ser Pro Lys lie Leu Arg Val Tyr Ser Gly lie Leu Asn 420 425 430 25 Gin Ser Glu lie Lys Glu Asp Thr Ser Phe Phe Gly Val Gin Glu lie 435 440 445 lie lie His Asp Gin Tyr Lys Met Ala Glu Ser Gly Tyr Asp lie Ala 30 450 455 460

Leu Leu Lys Leu Glu Thr Thr Val Asn Tyr Thr Asp Ser Gin Arg Pro 465 470 475 480 35 5 6720tT529870 lie Cys Leu Pro Ser Lys Gly Asp Arg Asn Val lie Tyr Thr Asp Cys 485 490 495 5Leu Leu Lys Leu Glu Thr Thr Val Asn Tyr Thr Asp Ser Gin Arg Pro 465 470 475 480 35 5 6720tT529870 lie Cys Leu Pro Ser Lys Gly Asp Arg Asn Val lie Tyr Thr Asp Cys 485 490 495 5

Trp Val Thr Gly Trp Gly Tyr Arg Lys Leu Arg Asp Lys lie Gin Asn 500 505 510 10 Thr Leu Gin Lys Ala Lys lie Pro Leu Val Thr Asn Glu Glu Cys Gin 515 520 525Trp Val Thr Gly Trp Gly Tyr Arg Lys Leu Arg Asp Lys lie Gin Asn 500 505 510 10 Thr Leu Gin Lys Ala Lys lie Pro Leu Val Thr Asn Glu Glu Cys Gin 515 520 525

Lys Arg Tyr Arg Gly His Lys lie Thr His Lys Met lie Cys Ala Gly 15 530 535 540Lys Arg Tyr Arg Gly His Lys lie Thr His Lys Met lie Cys Ala Gly 15 530 535 540

Tyr Arg Glu Gly Gly Lys Asp Ala Cys Lys Gly Asp Ser Gly Gly Pro 545 550 555 560 20Tyr Arg Glu Gly Gly Lys Asp Ala Cys Lys Gly Asp Ser Gly Gly Pro 545 550 555 560 20

Leu Ser Cys Lys His Asn Glu Val Trp His Leu Val Gly lie Thr Ser 565 570 575 25Leu Ser Cys Lys His Asn Glu Val Trp His Leu Val Gly lie Thr Ser 565 570 575 25

Trp Gly Glu Gly Cys Ala Gin Arg Glu Arg Pro Gly Val Tyr Thr Asn 580 585 590 30 Val Val Glu Tyr Val Asp Trp lie Leu Glu Lys Thr Gin Ala Val 595 600 605 &lt;210&gt; 2 35 &lt;211&gt; 553 6 6720(Τ529870 &lt;212&gt; PRT &lt;213〉血小板 &lt;4〇〇&gt; 2 5Trp Gly Glu Gly Cys Ala Gin Arg Glu Arg Pro Gly Val Tyr Thr Asn 580 585 590 30 Val Val Glu Tyr Val Asp Trp lie Leu Glu Lys Thr Gin Ala Val 595 600 605 &lt; 210 &gt; 2 35 &lt; 211 &gt; 553 6 6720 (Τ529870 &lt; 212 &gt; PRT &lt; 213> Platelets &lt; 4〇〇 &gt; 2 5

Glu Cys Val Thr Gin Leu Leu Lys Asp Thr Cys Phe Glu Gly Gly Asp 15 10 15 10 lie Thr Thr Val Phe Thr Pro Ser Ala Lys Tyr Cys Gin Val Val Cys 20 25 30Glu Cys Val Thr Gin Leu Leu Lys Asp Thr Cys Phe Glu Gly Gly Asp 15 10 15 10 lie Thr Thr Val Phe Thr Pro Ser Ala Lys Tyr Cys Gin Val Val Cys 20 25 30

Thr Tyr His Pro Arg Cys Leu Leu Phe Thr Phe Thr Ala Glu Ser Pro 15 35 40 45Thr Tyr His Pro Arg Cys Leu Leu Phe Thr Phe Thr Ala Glu Ser Pro 15 35 40 45

Ser Glu Asp Pro Thr Arg Trp Phe Thr Cys Val Leu Lys Asp Ser Val 50 55 60 20Ser Glu Asp Pro Thr Arg Trp Phe Thr Cys Val Leu Lys Asp Ser Val 50 55 60 20

Thr Glu Thr Leu Pro Arg Val Asn Arg Thr Ala Ala lie Ser Gly Tyr 65 70 75 80 25Thr Glu Thr Leu Pro Arg Val Asn Arg Thr Ala Ala lie Ser Gly Tyr 65 70 75 80 25

Ser Phe Lys Gin Cys Ser His Gin lie Ser Asn lie Cys Leu Leu Lys 85 90 95 30 His Thr Gin Thr Gly Thr Pro Thr Arg lie Thr Lys Leu Asp Lys Val 100 105 110Ser Phe Lys Gin Cys Ser His Gin lie Ser Asn lie Cys Leu Leu Lys 85 90 95 30 His Thr Gin Thr Gly Thr Pro Thr Arg lie Thr Lys Leu Asp Lys Val 100 105 110

Val Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu Lys Ser Cys Ala Leu Ser Asn Leu Ala Cys 35 115 120 125 6720ίΤ529870 lie Arg Asp lie Phe Pro Asn Thr Val Phe Ala Asp Ser Asn lie Asp 130 135 140Val Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu Lys Ser Cys Ala Leu Ser Asn Leu Ala Cys 35 115 120 125 6720ίΤ529870 lie Arg Asp lie Phe Pro Asn Thr Val Phe Ala Asp Ser Asn lie Asp 130 135 140

Ser Val Met Ala Pro Asp Ala Phe Val Cys Gly Arg lie Cys Thr His 145 150 155 160 10Ser Val Met Ala Pro Asp Ala Phe Val Cys Gly Arg lie Cys Thr His 145 150 155 160 10

His Pro Gly Cys Leu Phe Phe Thr Phe Phe Ser Gin Glu Trp Pro Lys 165 170 175 15 Glu Ser Gin Arg Asn Leu Cys Leu Leu Lys Thr Ser Glu Ser Gly Leu 180 185 190His Pro Gly Cys Leu Phe Phe Thr Phe Phe Ser Gin Glu Trp Pro Lys 165 170 175 15 Glu Ser Gin Arg Asn Leu Cys Leu Leu Lys Thr Ser Glu Ser Gly Leu 180 185 190

Pro Ser Thr Arg lie Lys Lys Ser Lys Ala Leu Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu 20 195 200 205Pro Ser Thr Arg lie Lys Lys Ser Lys Ala Leu Ser Gly Phe Ser Leu 20 195 200 205

Gin Ser Cys Arg His Ser lie Pro Val Phe Cys His Ser Ser Phe Tyr 210 215 220 25Gin Ser Cys Arg His Ser lie Pro Val Phe Cys His Ser Ser Phe Tyr 210 215 220 25

His Asp Thr Asp Phe Leu Gly Glu Glu Leu Asp lie Val Ala Ala Lys 225 230 235 240His Asp Thr Asp Phe Leu Gly Glu Glu Leu Asp lie Val Ala Ala Lys 225 230 235 240

Ser His Glu Ala Cys Gin Lys Leu Cys Thr Asn Ala Val Arg Cys Gin 245 250 255 30 8 靈29870Ser His Glu Ala Cys Gin Lys Leu Cys Thr Asn Ala Val Arg Cys Gin 245 250 255 30 8 Spirit 29870

Phe Phe Thr Tyr Thr Pro Ala Gin Ala Ser Cys Asn Glu Gly Lys Gly 260 265 270 5 Lys Cys Tyr Leu Lys Leu Ser Ser Asn Gly Ser Pro Thr Lys lie Leu 275 280 285Phe Phe Thr Tyr Thr Pro Ala Gin Ala Ser Cys Asn Glu Gly Lys Gly 260 265 270 5 Lys Cys Tyr Leu Lys Leu Ser Ser Asn Gly Ser Pro Thr Lys lie Leu 275 280 285

His Gly Arg Gly Gly lie Ser Gly Tyr Thr Leu Arg Leu Cys Lys Met 10 290 295 300His Gly Arg Gly Gly lie Ser Gly Tyr Thr Leu Arg Leu Cys Lys Met 10 290 295 300

Asp Asn Glu Cys Thr Thr Lys lie Lys Pro Arg lie Val Gly Gly Thr 305 310 315 320 15Asp Asn Glu Cys Thr Thr Lys lie Lys Pro Arg lie Val Gly Gly Thr 305 310 315 320 15

Ala Ser Val Arg Gly Glu Trp Pro Trp Gin Val Thr Leu His Thr Thr 325 330 335 20Ala Ser Val Arg Gly Glu Trp Pro Trp Gin Val Thr Leu His Thr Thr 325 330 335 20

Ser Pro Thr Gin Arg His Leu Cys Gly Gly Ser lie lie Gly Asn Gin 340 345 350Ser Pro Thr Gin Arg His Leu Cys Gly Gly Ser lie lie Gly Asn Gin 340 345 350

25 Trp lie Leu Thr Ala Ala His Cys Phe Tyr Gly Val Glu Ser Pro Lys 355 360 365 lie Leu Arg Val Tyr Ser Gly lie Leu Asn Gin Ser Glu lie Lys Glu 30 370 375 38025 Trp lie Leu Thr Ala Ala His Cys Phe Tyr Gly Val Glu Ser Pro Lys 355 360 365 lie Leu Arg Val Tyr Ser Gly lie Leu Asn Gin Ser Glu lie Lys Glu 30 370 375 380

Asp Thr Ser Phe Phe Gly Val Gin Glu lie lie lie His Asp Gin Tyr 385 390 395 400 35 9Asp Thr Ser Phe Phe Gly Val Gin Glu lie lie lie His Asp Gin Tyr 385 390 395 400 35 9

6762.204-WO 2005298706762.204-WO 200529870

Lys Met Ala Glu Ser Gly Tyr Asp lie Ala Leu Leu Lys Leu Glu Thr 405 410 415 5Lys Met Ala Glu Ser Gly Tyr Asp lie Ala Leu Leu Lys Leu Glu Thr 405 410 415 5

Thr Val Asn Tyr Thr Asp Ser Gin Arg Pro lie Cys Leu Pro Ser Lys 420 425 430 10 Gly Asp Arg Asn Val lie Tyr Thr Asp Cys Trp Val Thr Gly Trp Gly 435 440 445Thr Val Asn Tyr Thr Asp Ser Gin Arg Pro lie Cys Leu Pro Ser Lys 420 425 430 10 Gly Asp Arg Asn Val lie Tyr Thr Asp Cys Trp Val Thr Gly Trp Gly 435 440 445

Tyr Arg Lys Leu Arg Asp Lys lie Gin Asn Thr Leu Gin Lys Ala Lys 15 450 455 460 lie Pro Leu Val Thr Asn Glu Glu Cys Gin Lys Arg Tyr Arg Gly His 465 470 475 480 20Tyr Arg Lys Leu Arg Asp Lys lie Gin Asn Thr Leu Gin Lys Ala Lys 15 450 455 460 lie Pro Leu Val Thr Asn Glu Glu Cys Gin Lys Arg Tyr Arg Gly His 465 470 475 480 20

Lys lie Thr His Lys Met lie Cys Ala Gly Tyr Arg Glu Gly Gly Lys 485 490 495Lys lie Thr His Lys Met lie Cys Ala Gly Tyr Arg Glu Gly Gly Lys 485 490 495

2525

Asp Ala Cys Lys Gly Asp Ser Gly Gly Pro Leu Ser Cys Lys His Asn 500 505 510 30 Glu Val Trp His Leu Val Gly lie Thr Ser Trp Gly Glu Gly Cys Ala 515 520 525Asp Ala Cys Lys Gly Asp Ser Gly Gly Pro Leu Ser Cys Lys His Asn 500 505 510 30 Glu Val Trp His Leu Val Gly lie Thr Ser Trp Gly Glu Gly Cys Ala 515 520 525

Gin Arg Glu Arg Pro Gly Val Tyr Thr Asn Val Val Glu Tyr Val Asp 35 530 535 540 72ΰίΤ§29870Gin Arg Glu Arg Pro Gly Val Tyr Thr Asn Val Val Glu Tyr Val Asp 35 530 535 540 72ΰίΤ§29870

Thr Gin 550Thr Gin 550

Trp lie Leu Glu Lys 545Trp lie Leu Glu Lys 545

Claims (1)

200529870 十、申請專利範圍: 1 ·種 &gt;台療出血性偶發事件的方法,該方法包括對需 要之病心;^用對此種治療有效量之包含因子χι(ρχΐ)或FXI 相關多狀的製劑。 1項的方法,其中該施用能使 〇 1項的方法,其中該施用會促 1項的方法,其中該施用能使 1項的方法,其中該施用會使 2.根據申請專利範圍第 該病患體内的凝血時間減少 3·根據申請專利範圍第 進該病患的止血。 4 _根據申請專利範圍第 该病患的血塊溶解時間增加 5·根據申請專利範圍第 該病患的血塊強度增加。 、6·根據申請專利範圍第1項的方法,其中該施用會增 /病心的總體血塊品質(ovenU quality,〇cq) 〇 1 根據申μ專利範圍第1項的方法,其中在施用後, 碴病患會顯示至少大約為5ηΜ的有效ρχι血漿濃度。 8 ·根據申請專利範圍第7項的方法,其中該有效FXI 血聚濃度是至少大約ΙΟηΜ。 9·根據申請專利範圍第8項的方法,其中該有效FXI 血聚濃度是至少大約30nM。 1〇_根據申請專利範圍第1項的方法,其中該FXI或FXI 關夕狀包含SEQ ID NO ·· 1的序列,或其保留至少一種 與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 94 200529870 相關多肽包含SEQ ID N0: 2的 歹J 或其保留至/|y、一'德 與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 12.根據申請專利範圍第 羅患有先天性的FXI缺乏。 方法其中該病患並未 13·根據申請專利範圍第丨項 菸畫杜总&quot;Λ Η 万法其中该出血性偶 :事件係攸屬於選自包含以下組群的狀況··手術、 序、創傷或血液稀釋。 王 14.根據申請專利範圍第丨項的方法,其 施用之前:⑷從該病患獲取血液試樣;(b)測定至少: '一者· FXI 濃度、FXTa · fyt + l 为fX.之比例、恢復凝結所需之外 =™的含ϊ;及⑷基於步驟(b)的結果測定 療的FXI之含量。 n… α-種治療出血性偶發事件的方法’該方 病患施用⑴第-量之包+ FXI多肽的製劑和⑻第二= 包含非因子彻因子VIIa凝血劑之製劑 = 楚—旦A /、τ唸弟一量盘 弟一里e併係對於此種治療有效。 vn/I6.根據申請專利範圍帛15項的方法’其中該非因子 子Vila凝血劑係選自包含以下的組群··因子Η〗έ =子途徑抑制劑(TFPI)抑制劑;因+ ΙΧ;凝血酶可1活= 纖維蛋白溶解抑制劑(TAFI);纖溶酶原活 ’ irPAT Κ初抑制劑- (AW);因子ν;蛋白質c抑制劑;蛋白質&quot; 和組織纖溶酶原活化物(tpA)抑制劑。 17.根據申請專利範圍第!項的方法’其中該方法不包 3 %用因子VII/因子Vila凝血劑。 95 200529870 U醫藥㈣物’其包含⑴經分 )醫藥上可接受的載 19. 一種FXI多肽之 離的重組FXI多狀 和(Π)醫藥上可接受的載劑或碑形劑。 k 其係用於治療出血性偶發事 2〇·根據申請專利範圍第 偶發事件係從屬於選自包含 1 9項的用途,其中該出血性 以下組群的狀況··手術、牙 科 程序、創傷或血液稀釋。 21·根據申請專利範圍第19或2 血性偶發事件並非以因子VII/因子viia I'、中。亥出 22· 一種FXI多肽之 其止血 23·—種FXI多肽之 其血塊溶解時間。 凝血劑治療。 用途’其係用於需要之病患以促進 用途,其係用於需要之病患以增加 種FXI多狀之用途,其係用於需要 其血塊強度。 25. -種FX:[多狀之用途,其係用於需要之病患以增進 其總體血塊品質(〇CQ)。26. —種FXI多肽之 凝血時間。 之病患以增進 用途,其係用於需要之病患以減少 27·根據申請專利範圍第19至25項中任一項的用途, 其中於病患體内有效的FXI血漿濃度係增加到至少大約 5nM 28·根據申請專利範圍第%項的用途,其中有效的ρχι 血漿濃度係增加到至少大約1〇nM。 96 200529870 2 9 ·根據申士主_ 甲明專利乾圍第27項的用途,直中右 血漿濃度係增加刭s丨丄 /、中有效的FXI 曰加到至少大約30nM。 •根據申凊專利範圍第1 9至28項中任一頊6 其中待治療的疡* * 土 員的用逆, μ m未用时VI湖子VIIa凝血劑治療。 .種FXI多肽之用途,其係用於製備治 發事件之醫藥㈣f W血性偶200529870 10. Scope of patent application: 1. A method for treating episodic hemorrhagic incidents, which includes treating the needy heart; ^ Use the therapeutically effective amount of the factor χι (ρχΐ) or FXI related polymorphism Of preparations. The method according to item 1, wherein the application enables the method according to item 01, wherein the application promotes the method according to item 1, wherein the application enables the method according to item 1, wherein the application causes 2. The coagulation time in the patient is reduced 3. The hemostasis of the patient is advanced according to the scope of the patent application. 4 _ According to the scope of the patent application, the blood clot dissolution time of the patient is increased. 5. According to the scope of the patent application, the blood clot strength of the patient is increased. 6, 6. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the administration will increase the overall blood clot quality (ovenU quality, 0cq) of the sick heart. The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein after application, Patients will show an effective ρχι plasma concentration of at least about 5 nM. 8. The method according to item 7 of the scope of patent application, wherein the effective FXI blood polymerisation concentration is at least about 10 nM. 9. The method according to item 8 of the scope of patent application, wherein the effective FXI blood aggregation concentration is at least about 30 nM. 1__ The method according to item 1 of the scope of patent application, wherein the FXI or FXI sequence includes the sequence of SEQ ID NO · 1, or it retains at least one biologically active fragment associated with FXI. 94 200529870 The related polypeptide comprises 歹 J of SEQ ID NO: 2 or a fragment thereof retained to / | y, a biological activity associated with FXI. 12. According to the scope of patent application Di Luo suffers from a congenital deficiency of FXI. Methods The patient was not 13. According to the total scope of the patent application, the total number of smoke paintings, "Λ Η Wan Fa" in which the hemorrhagic couple: the event system belongs to a condition selected from the group consisting of surgery, sequence, Trauma or blood thinning. Wang 14. The method according to item 丨 of the scope of patent application before its application: ⑷ Obtain a blood sample from the patient; (b) Determine at least: 'one · FXI concentration, FXTa · fyt + l is the ratio of fX.之外, 之外 outside of what is needed to restore coagulation = ⑷; and ⑷ determine the therapeutic FXI content based on the result of step (b). n ... α-a method for treating incidental bleeding incidents' The patient administers ⑴-amount of package + FXI polypeptide preparation and ⑻Second = preparation containing non-Factor factor VIIa coagulant = Chu-Dan A / , Τ niandi one measure pandi one li and is effective for this type of treatment. vn / I6. The method according to the scope of application patent 帛 15 ', wherein the non-factory Vila coagulant is selected from the group consisting of the following factors ... Factor Η έ = sub-pathway inhibitor (TFPI) inhibitor; because + Ιχ; Thrombin can be active = fibrinolytic inhibitor (TAFI); plasminogen activity 'irPAT κ primary inhibitor-(AW); factor v; protein c inhibitor; protein &quot; and tissue plasminogen activator (TpA) inhibitor. 17. According to the scope of patent application! Item method 'wherein the method does not include 3% factor VII / factor Vila coagulant. 95 200529870 U Pharmaceutical Substance ', which comprises a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier) 19. A recombinant FXI polymorph of FXI polypeptide and (Π) a pharmaceutically acceptable carrier or tablet. k It is used for the treatment of bleeding incidents 20. According to the scope of the patent application, incident incidents belong to the use selected from the group consisting of 19 items, in which the condition of the group below bleeding is · surgery, dental procedures, trauma or Blood thinning. 21. According to the scope of application for patent No. 19 or 2, the contingent bloody event is not the factor VII / factor viia I ', medium. 22 · A hemorrhage of FXI polypeptide and 23 · —blood lysis time of a FXI polypeptide. Coagulant treatment. Use 'is used to promote the use of a patient in need, it is used to increase the variety of FXI in a patient in need, and it is used to require the blood clot strength. 25.-FX: [Polymorphic use, which is used in patients in need to improve their overall blood clot quality (0CQ). 26. The clotting time of a FXI polypeptide. Patients for enhancement use, which is used for patients in need to reduce 27. The use according to any one of claims 19 to 25, wherein the effective FXI plasma concentration in the patient's body is increased to at least About 5 nM 28. The use according to item% of the patent application range, wherein the effective ρχι plasma concentration is increased to at least about 10 nM. 96 200529870 2 9 · According to the application of Shen Shizhu_ Jiaming Patent Qianwei No. 27, the plasma concentration in the middle and right is increased by 刭 s 丨 丄 /, and the effective FXI is added to at least about 30nM. • According to any one of items 19 to 28 in the patent scope of the application, 6 the ulcers to be treated * * The invertebrate is treated with inverse, when μm is not used VI Huzi VIIa coagulant is treated. Use of a FXI polypeptide, which is used for preparing medicine for treating incidents 32.根據申請專利範圍第31項的用途,其中該出血性 偶电事件係從屬於選自包含以下組群的狀況:手術 私序、創傷或血液稀釋。 、 33·根據申請專利範圍第31或32項的用途,其中該出 血性偶發事件並非以因子VII/因子Vila凝血劑治療。. 34.—種FXI多肽之用途,其係用於製備用在需要之病 患以促進其止血之醫藥調配物。 35·—種FXI多肽之用途,其係用於製備用在需要之病 患以增加其血塊溶解時間之醫藥調配物。32. The use according to item 31 of the scope of patent application, wherein the hemorrhagic galvanic event is subordinate to a condition selected from the group consisting of surgery, trauma, or hemodilution. 33. The use according to item 31 or 32 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the bleeding event is not treated with a factor VII / factor Vila coagulant. 34.—The use of a FXI polypeptide for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation for use in a patient in need to promote hemostasis. 35. The use of a FXI polypeptide, which is used to prepare a pharmaceutical formulation for use in a patient in need to increase the clot dissolution time. 36·—種FXI多肽之用途,其係用於製備用在需要之病 患以增進其血塊強度之醫藥調配物。 37·—種FXI多肽之用途,其係用於製備用在需要之病 患以增進其總體血塊品質(OCQ)之醫藥調配物。 38.—種FXI多肽之用途,其係用於製備用在需要之病 患以減少凝血時間之醫藥調配物。 3 9.根據申請專利範圍第31至38項中任一項的用途, 其中於病患體内有效的FXI血漿濃度係增加到至少大約 5nM。 97 200529870 40. 根據申請專利範圍第39項的用途,其中有效的ρχι 血漿濃度係增加到至少大約1 〇nM。 41. 根據申請專利範圍第4〇項的用途,其中有效的ρχι 血桌/辰度係增加到至少大約3〇nM。 42. 根據巾請專利範㈣31至41項中任—項的用途, 其中待治療的病患並未用因子VII/因子VlIa凝血劑治療。 43. 根據中請專利範圍第19至42項中任_項的用途, 其中待治療的病患並未罹患有先天性的ρχι缺乏。 44·根據中請專利範圍第19至43項中任—項的用途, 其中該FXI多狀包会 职匕3 SEQ ID Ν〇: 1的序列,或其保留至 少一種與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 4 5 ·根據申請專利閱楚 月寻⑴乾圍第19至43項中任一項的用途, 其中該FXI多肽包含sp 职匕3 SEQ ID N〇: 2的序列,或其保留至 少-種與FXI關連的生物活性之片段。 46·根據申請專利笳 ^ ^ J乾圍弟19至45項中任一項的用途, 其中該FXI多肽係盥韭7 X 、/、 子VII/因子Vila的凝血劑合併施 用。 47.根據申請專利範 圍弟46項的用途,其中該非因子 VII/因子Vila的凝血劑係 东^自以下組群··因子III、組織因 子述徑抑制劑(TFPj)抑制 苽占、一妒4 a丨 片,因子IX ;凝血酶可活化纖維 蛋白〉谷解抑制劑(TAFIV總w i ,、截/合酶原活化物抑制劑-1(PAI_1); 因子V ;蛋白質c抑制 m m ^ η , ’蛋白貝S抑制劑;和組織纖溶 fe原活化物(tPA)抑制劑。 9836. The use of a FXI polypeptide, which is used to prepare a pharmaceutical formulation for use in a patient in need to increase the strength of his blood clot. 37. The use of a FXI polypeptide, which is used to prepare a pharmaceutical formulation for use in a patient in need to improve its overall blood clot quality (OCQ). 38. The use of a FXI polypeptide for the preparation of a pharmaceutical formulation for use in a patient in need to reduce clotting time. 39. The use according to any one of claims 31 to 38 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the effective plasma concentration of FXI in a patient is increased to at least about 5 nM. 97 200529870 40. The use according to item 39 of the scope of patent application, wherein the effective ρχι plasma concentration is increased to at least about 10 nM. 41. The use according to item 40 of the scope of the patent application, wherein the effective ρχιη table / degree is increased to at least about 30 nM. 42. According to the patent application of any one of items 31 to 41, the patient to be treated has not been treated with a factor VII / factor VlIa coagulant. 43. According to the use of any one of claims 19 to 42 in the scope of the patent application, wherein the patient to be treated does not suffer from a congenital ρχι deficiency. 44. The use according to any one of items 19 to 43 of the Chinese Patent Application, wherein the FXI polymorphic sequence 3 SEQ ID NO: 1 or it retains at least one biological activity associated with FXI Fragment. 4 5 · The use of any one of items 19 to 43 according to the patent application, where the FXI polypeptide comprises the sequence of SEQ ID NO: 2 or it retains at least one species and FXI related biologically active fragment. 46. According to the application of any one of the 19th to 45th paragraphs of the patent application J, the FXI polypeptide is a combination of a clotting agent for 7VII, and a factor VII / factor Vila. 47. According to 46 uses of the scope of patent application, the non-Factor VII / Factor Vila coagulant is from the following groups: Factor III, tissue factor inhibitor (TFPj) inhibits seizure, and envy 4 Tablets, factor IX; thrombin-activated fibrin> glutinase inhibitors (TAFIV total wi, t / synthase activator inhibitor-1 (PAI_1); factor V; protein c inhibits mm ^ η, ' Protein shell S inhibitor; and tissue fibrinolytic activator of fegen activator (tPA). 98
TW093135827A 2003-11-20 2004-11-22 Therapeutic use of factor XI TW200529870A (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (2)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
DKPA200301721 2003-11-20
DKPA200401141 2004-07-23

Publications (1)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200529870A true TW200529870A (en) 2005-09-16

Family

ID=34621448

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW093135827A TW200529870A (en) 2003-11-20 2004-11-22 Therapeutic use of factor XI

Country Status (9)

Country Link
EP (1) EP1687020A1 (en)
JP (1) JP2007513881A (en)
KR (1) KR20060118486A (en)
AU (1) AU2004290869A1 (en)
BR (1) BRPI0416461A (en)
CA (1) CA2540986A1 (en)
RU (1) RU2006115783A (en)
TW (1) TW200529870A (en)
WO (1) WO2005049070A1 (en)

Families Citing this family (9)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2006008266A2 (en) * 2004-07-23 2006-01-26 Novo Nordisk Health Care Ag Factor xi-binding proteins
WO2006128497A1 (en) * 2005-06-01 2006-12-07 Novo Nordisk A/S Pharmaceutical formulation of factor xi
CN104984319A (en) 2008-12-19 2015-10-21 巴克斯特国际公司 Tfpi inhibitors and methods of use
EP2305289A1 (en) * 2009-09-16 2011-04-06 Bio-Products & Bio-Engineering Aktiengesellschaft Medicinal products for the treatment of blood coagulation disorders
JP5730983B2 (en) 2010-03-19 2015-06-10 バクスター・インターナショナル・インコーポレイテッドBaxter International Incorp0Rated TFPI inhibitors and methods of use
AU2013235741C1 (en) 2012-03-21 2017-12-21 Takeda Pharmaceutical Company Limited TFPI inhibitors and methods of use
DE102012022234A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2014-05-15 Instraction Gmbh One step process for purifying (blood) plasma proteins, such as albumin from mixtures
DE102012022233A1 (en) 2012-11-14 2014-05-15 Instraction Gmbh Process for purifying a (blood) plasma protein
PE20220765A1 (en) 2020-04-05 2022-05-16 Pfizer COMPOUNDS AND METHODS FOR THE TREATMENT OF COVID-19

Family Cites Families (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
FR2676231A1 (en) * 1991-05-07 1992-11-13 Aetsrn BLOOD COAGULATION FACTOR XI CONCENTRATE WITH HIGH SPECIFIC ACTIVITY, SUITABLE FOR THERAPEUTIC USE AND ITS PREPARATION PROCESS.
DK1261712T3 (en) * 2000-03-03 2007-04-16 Curagen Corp Proteins named FXTRC and nucleic acids encoding the same
CN1304050C (en) * 2001-07-20 2007-03-14 诺沃挪第克健康护理股份公司 Pharmaceutical composition comprising factor VII polypeptides and factor XI polypeptides

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
KR20060118486A (en) 2006-11-23
JP2007513881A (en) 2007-05-31
AU2004290869A1 (en) 2005-06-02
BRPI0416461A (en) 2007-03-06
EP1687020A1 (en) 2006-08-09
WO2005049070A1 (en) 2005-06-02
RU2006115783A (en) 2007-12-27
CA2540986A1 (en) 2005-06-02

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101884954B1 (en) Phospholipid-enriched vesicles bearing tissue factor having haemostatic activities and uses thereof
EP3574094A1 (en) Active low molecular weight variants of angiotensin converting enzyme 2 (ace2)
TWI573806B (en) Biologically active peptides
JPH05500750A (en) Platelet aggregation inhibitor
HU226419B1 (en) Human bikunin
WO1999022756A1 (en) Cell-permeable protein inhibitors of calpain
US20050181978A1 (en) Therapeutic use of factor XI
EA028578B1 (en) Long-acting coagulation factors and methods of producing same
US20220040257A1 (en) Methods and compositions for preventing and treating atherosclerosis and related diseases
JPH04505753A (en) Method for producing platelet activation-inhibiting polypeptide, and methods, combinations and compositions using the same
TW200529870A (en) Therapeutic use of factor XI
CN108210910A (en) Prevent and treat drug of systemic sclerosis and application thereof
US20050282737A1 (en) Procollagen (III) propeptides and related substances for treating fibrotic diseases
JP6404833B2 (en) Hemostatic composition
US20100234291A2 (en) Preparation and use of low-bleeding anticoagulant fusion protein
JPH11502508A (en) Use of activated protein C in the manufacture of pharmaceutical formulations
CN106890324A (en) A kind of method for preventing and treating diabetic nephropathy
JPH0273022A (en) Pharmacological preparation using tissue plaminogen activating factor
CN108210893A (en) Prevent and treat drug of kidney fibrosis and application thereof
EP1531845A2 (en) Inhibitors for use in hemostasis
US20220195072A1 (en) Targeted anticoagulant
EP2504027B1 (en) Acceleration of wound healing by a tissue inhibitor of metalloproteinases (timp) linked to glycosylphosphatidylinositol (gpi)-anchors
JP2017526746A (en) Recombinant fusion protein for preventing or treating tissue or organ adhesions
JP2023514541A (en) Treatment of menorrhagia in patients with severe von Willebrand disease by administration of recombinant VWF
KR100532190B1 (en) Serine Protease Inhibitors and Anticoagulant Proteins Extracted from Nematodes